ML071570505: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 04/04/2007
| issue date = 04/04/2007
| title = CC-AA-309-1001, Rev 1, Attachment 1, Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet, 989-46-19-2, Rev 003, Calculation for Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition
| title = CC-AA-309-1001, Rev 1, Attachment 1, Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet, 989-46-19-2, Rev 003, Calculation for Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition
| author name = McCarthy G, Shephard S
| author name = Mccarthy G, Shephard S
| author affiliation = Sargent & Lundy, LLC
| author affiliation = Sargent & Lundy, LLC
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:7-ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I Page 1.0-0 Design Analysis (Major Revision)
{{#Wiki_filter:7-CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I                                                 Page 1.0-0 Design Analysis (Major Revision)                                                                 Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.:             9389-46-19-2                             Revision: 003
Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.: 9389-46-19-2 Revision:
 
003 Title: Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.: EC 364066 Revision:
==Title:==
000 Station(s):
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.:               EC 364066                                 Revision: 000 Station(s):                               Dresden                                             Components(s)
Dresden Components(s)
Unit No.:                                 2                       Various Discipline:                               E Description Code/Keyword:                 E15 Safety(QA Class:                           SR System Code:                               66 Structure:                                 N/A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No.                                       From/To         Document No.                                         From/To See Section XIV                                     From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information?                                         Yes [] No Z       If yes, see SY-AA-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions?                               Yes [] No Z       If yes, ATI/AR#
Unit No.: 2 Various Discipline:
This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES: N/A                                                                     in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):
E Description Code/Keyword:
See Page 1,0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.
E15 Safety(QA Class: SR System Code: 66 Structure:
Preparer           Scott Shephard                                                                                           Y 1 Y47 Print Name                                       t idn     ame                                         Date Method of Review               Detailed Review Z             Alternate eJacuI9 ions a           ched)         Testing   E, Reviewer           Glenn McCarthy                                               oe                                         V- 44-7 Print Name                                         "ign Name             .     .                       Date Review Notes:             Independent Review Z                 Peer Review nl (For~Uxemnl Aitalyses Only)
N/A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No. From/To See Section XIV From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information?
External Approver                                           4A              _____________                                    qr~1 Print Name                                 Sign Name                                         Date Exelon Reviewer Print Name
Yes [] No Z If yes, see SY-AA-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions?
                                          .kc         ,'.4?
Yes [] No Z If yes, ATI/AR#This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES:
S{n           -"
N/A in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):
                                                                                            /                              Date Independent           3 rd Party Review Required?               Yes El No*a                    If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Zocl*5,1                   ,--f---4     i               *                            .9                 e Print Name                                 Sign Name                                         Date
See Page 1,0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.Preparer Scott Shephard Y 1 Y47 Print Name t idn ame Date Method of Review Detailed Review Z Alternate eJacuI 9 ions a ched) Testing E, Reviewer Glenn McCarthy oe V- 44-7 Print Name "ign Name ..Date Review Notes: Independent Review Z Peer Review nl (For~ Uxemnl Aitalyses Only)External Approver qr~1 4A _____________
 
Print Name Sign Name Date Exelon Reviewer .kc ,'.4? /Print Name S{n -" Date Independent 3 rd Party Review Required?
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sa~~4&L.r~y'Design                 Bases Accident Condition                   Rev. IDate z//-
Yes El If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Zocl5,1 ,--f---4 i .9 e Print Name Sign Name Date Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sa~~4& L.r~y'Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. IDate z//-ORI fNAL X S~afety-Related INon-Safety-Related Page ,-/Client ComEd Preed Date /c/h Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by J. DateI lp Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by/ ? L Date /obz}?DIVISION:
ORI fNAL                   X S~afety-Related           INon-Safety-Related         Page     ,-/
EPED FILE: 158 SYSTEM CODE: 6600 NOTE: FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ. NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46" 1. REVISION  
Client ComEd                                             Preed                                       Date /c/h Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by               J.               DateI lp Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                 Approved by/     ?     L                   Date /obz}?
DIVISION: EPED         FILE: 158       SYSTEM CODE: 6600 NOTE:     FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ. NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46"
: 1. REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages.This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition , Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2.
AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages.
The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows: 1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip charts (Reference  
This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition , Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2. The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows:
: 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers.
: 1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip charts (Reference 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).
For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.  
: 2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.
[ Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading UnderýCac. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sargem L-undyc[ Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X X Safety-Related iNon-Safety-Related Page Client CornEd Prepared by .Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by .Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised: 1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7,'10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through AIO, B4 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12;Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.the following pages were added: 1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34)the following pages were deleted: 10.0-9 through 10.0-24, B14-B15.This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation.
: 3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers. For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.
The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP.
: 4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.
In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90°C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor 8HP loading requires further verification per Reference  
 
: 26.
[ Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under
CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-3 R3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation  
                                                                                          ýCac. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sargem           L-undyc[             Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.     Date X
# 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3  
X Safety-Related               iNon-Safety-Related         Page     0.0-*.
'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated.
Client CornEd                                               Prepared by                         .     Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                             Reviewed by .Date Proj. No. 9389-46             Equip. No.                 Approved by                                 Date Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)
The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.
Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised:
In this revision the following pages were revised: 2.0-4, A3,A8, El, HI. H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced: 1.0-3, 2.0-1,2.0-2, 3.0-1,4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0-1 -9.0-6, 10.0-1 -10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, Cl-C7 replaced by C1-C6, FI-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added: Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted: 15.0-0 -15.0-34, Attachment I
1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7,'10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through AIO, B4 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12; Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.
CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-4(, Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)Revision 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78. R3 In this revision the following pages were revised: A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced: 1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1t0-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7. C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added: 1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE I _ _ NO.: II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I. COVER SHEET / REVISION  
the following pages were added:
1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34) the following pages were deleted:
10.0-9 through 10.0-24, B14-B15.
This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation. The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP. In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.
Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90°C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor 8HP loading requires further verification per Reference 26.
 
CALC NO.         9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         003               PAGE NO.     1.0-3 R3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)
Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation # 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3 'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.
This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated. The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.
In this revision the following pages were revised:
2.0-4, A3,A8, El, HI. H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced:
1.0-3, 2.0-1,2.0-2, 3.0-1,4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0 9.0-6, 10.0         10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, Cl-C7 replaced by C1-C6, FI-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added:
Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted:
15.0 15.0-34, Attachment I
 
CALC NO.         9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION         003               PAGE NO. 1.0-4(,
Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)
Revision 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.
The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78.                                                                                                         R3 In this revision the following pages were revised:
A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced:
1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1t0-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7. C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added:
1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105
 
CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2                                     REV NO: 003       PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION                               PAGE NO.:       SUB PAGE I _         _         NO.:
II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I. COVER SHEET / REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
  & REVIEW METHOD II, TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION III, PURPOSE/SCOPE IV. INPUT DATA V. ASSUMPTIONS VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS VII. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA VIII, LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION IX. METHODOLOGY X. CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS XI. COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA XII. CONCLUSIONS XIII. RECOMMENDATIONS XIV. REFERENCES 1.0-0 -1.0-4 2.0-1 -2.0-5 3.0-1 -3.0-2 4.0-1 -4.0-8 5.0-1 6.0-1 7.0-1 8.0-1 -8.0-7 9.0-1 -9.0-7 10.0-1 -10.0-8 10.1 10.1-26 11.0-1 -11.0-2 12.0-1 13.0-1 14.0-1 -14.0-7 R3 R3 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
  & REVIEW METHOD     1.0 1.0-4                R3 II, TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION               2.0 2.0-5 III, PURPOSE/SCOPE                                     3.0 3.0-2 IV. INPUT DATA                                       4.0 4.0-8                R3 V. ASSUMPTIONS                                       5.0-1 VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS                           6.0-1 VII. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                               7.0-1 VIII, LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION                         8.0 8.0-7 IX. METHODOLOGY                                       9.0 9.0-7 X. CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS                         10.0 10.0-8 10.1 10.1-26 XI. COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA    11.0-1 -11.0-2 XII. CONCLUSIONS                                      12.0-1 XIII. RECOMMENDATIONS                                  13.0-1 XIV. REFERENCES                                        14.0 14.0-7
CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE I _NO.: Attachments Description A Table 1 -Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads.B Table 2 -The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts.C Table 4 -Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division I1.D Figure 1 -Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 E Figure 2 -Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports -Nominal Voltage G DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports -Reduced Voltage H Flow Chart I -Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads J Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms R Reference Pages Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation.
 
However, it is reserved for possible future use, Al-A10 B1-B13 Cl-C6 DI-D2 El-E2 F1-F116 G1-G62 H1-H2 Ji-J 10 R1-R105 1R3 R3 JR3 R3 jR3 2~
CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related I iNon-Safety-Related CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. I Date Page 2. -I, P I___j I Client CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GOO 1/6/95 11:28:36a General File -Original Issue D2A4DG2R.GOO 1/6/95 11:56:16a General File -Original Issue -Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100 1/6/95 10:51.,24a Initial File -Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100 116/95 11:18:14a Initial File -Original Issue -Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00 1/6/95 9:56:48a Table I -Excel File D2TB2DG2.0 1/6/95 10:31 :24a Table 2 -Excel File D2TB4DG2.00 1/6/95 10:01:44a Table 4 -Excel File LDGRFDG2.00 1/6/95 10:40:12 Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6: 3 4:0 2 p Flow Chart I DRESDG2.WP 1/6/95 7:41:08p Calculation Text -Wordperfect
CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2                                                        REV NO: 003  PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION                                          PAGE NO.:        SUB PAGE I _NO.:
: r.
Attachments      Description A                Table 1 - Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads.                           Al-A10 B                Table 2 - The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts.         B1-B13 C                Table 4 - Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division I1.              Cl-C6                    1R3 D                Figure 1 - Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1                                                             DI-D2                    R3 E                Figure 2 - Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1                                                        El-E2 F                DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage                                                        F1-F116                  JR3 G                DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Reduced Voltage                                                        G1-G62                    R3 H                Flow Chart I - Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads                                      H1-H2 J                Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms                                    Ji-J 10 R                Reference Pages                                                  R1-R105                  jR3 Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation. However, it is reserved for possible future use, 2~
LuncIV146 Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related lNon-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Page 2.0-js IClent CornEd Prepared by Date Reviewed by JDate IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 VPro,. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Approved by Date Ill .i p -p *File Descriptions (cont)Revision I File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GO1 9/23/96 2:04p General File -Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2R.GO1 9/23/96 2:10p General File -Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2.101 10/11/96 10:01a Initial File -Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2R.101 10/11/96 10:08a Initial File -Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.D2EXCELXLS 10/11/96 1:26p Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.00 DG2MCAD.MCD 10/11/96 11:29a Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT 10/11/96 1:39p Single line -Attach E (Powerpoint)
 
DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6:34p Flow Chart 1 (ABC Flowcharter)
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under                CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Design Bases Accident Condition                            Rev. I    Date I,
DRESDG2.WP 10/11196 Calculation Text -Wordperfect CALCULATION PAGE.... CALC NO.9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f ..)File Descriptions (cont'd)Revision 2 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc 504320 bytes 8/9/06 7:52:35am Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls 532480 bytes 7/31106 2:13:14pm Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (table 4).xls 53248 bytes 4/21/06 9:05:56am Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb 1,7977,344 bytes 8101/06 1:22:49pm ETAP database DREUnit2_0003.macros.xml 10595 bytes 8/01/06 10:17:20am ETAP macros DREUnit2._0003,scenariosxml 11572 bytes 7/31/06 10:20:30am ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2_0003.oti 9728 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:48pm ETAP "OTI" file Revision 3 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc s ,1 v/ 9 7 1s: O ,, Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls 522752 bytes 3/2/07 7:25:52am Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls 55248 bytes 3/9/07 7:48:15amr Table 4 DREUnit2_0004.mdb 18,911,232 bytes 3/20/07 11:34:56pm ETAP database DREUnit2_0004.macros.xml 11206 bytes 3/20/07 9:46:37pm ETAP macros II DREUnit2_0004.scenarios.xml 12862 bytes 2/12/07 3:49:12pm I ETAP Scenarios DRE Unit2_0004.oti bytes 3/21/07 9:37:49pm ETAP 'OTI* file t Ib-.&,161 R3 CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.The purpose of this calculation includes the following:
X  Safety-Related      I      iNon-Safety-Related            Page 2. -
: 1) Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.2) Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.3) Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.4) Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.5) Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.6) Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.7) Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.8) Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.9) Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value.10) Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading on the EDG.B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment
___j I P I Client CornEd                                            Prepared by                                    Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                                    Date Proj. No. 9389-46          Equip. No.                    Approved by                                    Date File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name            Date          Time                        File Description D2A4DG2.GOO            1/6/95        11:28:36a      General File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.GOO          1/6/95        11:56:16a      General File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100          1/6/95        10:51.,24a      Initial File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100          116/95        11:18:14a        Initial File - Original Issue  - Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00          1/6/95        9:56:48a        Table I - Excel File D2TB2DG2.0            1/6/95        10:31 :24a      Table 2    - Excel File D2TB4DG2.00          1/6/95        10:01:44a        Table 4 - Excel File LDGRFDG2.00          1/6/95        10:40:12        Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00            12/19/94      6 :3 4 :0 2 p    Flow Chart I DRESDG2.WP            1/6/95        7:41:08p        Calculation Text - Wordperfect r.
& services.
 
The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under              Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LuncIV146          Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related              lNon-Safety-Related            Page  2 .0 -          js Prepared by                                     Date IClent CornEd IProject Dresden Station Unit 2                            Reviewed by                                   JDate VPro,.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-2C(..-I.
p ll  -
PURPOSE/SCOPE (cont'd)The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity.
No. 9389-46          Equip. No.
The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG P3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded.
p
The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.
* Approved by                                      Date    I File Descriptions (cont)
The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division.
Revision I File Name           Date         Time                       File Description D2A4DG2.GO1          9/23/96        2:04p          General File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.
Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.
D2A4DG2R.GO1        9/23/96        2:10p          General File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV INPUT DATA The input data extracted from the references is summarized below: A. Abbreviations ADS Automatic Depressurization System AO Air Operated CC Containment Cooling CCSW Containment Cooling Service Water Cig Cooling Clnup Clean up Cnmt Containment Comp Compressor Compt Compartment Diff Differential DIT Design Information Transmittal DG Diesel Generator DW Drywell EFF Efficiency EHC Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP Electrical Transient Analyzer Program Emerg Emergency I R2 Sar~gt~J LL~~t Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 ReIv DatE Page 7,-Client ComEd lProject Dresden Station Unit 2 I Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date lProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd): ECCS FSAR gpm GE Gen Hndlg HPCI HVAC Inbd Inst Isoln LOCA LOOP LPCI LRC Mon MCC M-G MOV Emergency Core Cooling System Final Safety Analysis System Gallons Per Minute General Electric Generator Handling High Pressure Coolant Injection Heating Ventilation
D2A4DG2.101          10/11/96      10:01a        Initial File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.
&,Air Conditioning Inboard Instrument Isolation Loss Of Coolant Accident Loss Of Offsite Power Low Pressure Coolant Injection Locked Rotor Current Monitoring Motor Control Center Motor Generator Motor Operated Valve LunCnJV LLLC Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related INon-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev.Page '/o3 lClient CornEd I Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date jProject Dresden Station Unit 2 jProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.I Approved by lDate 1 -4 Input Data (cont'd): Outbd PF Press Prot Recirc Rm Rx Bldg SBGT Ser SWGR Stm Suct TB Turb UPS VIv Wtr Xfmr Outboard Power Factor Pressure Protection Recirculation Room Reactor Building Standby Gas Treatment System Service Switchgear Steam Suction Turbine Building Turbine Uninterruptible Power Supply Valve Water Transformer LunzadyL, Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Re I Dat Y Page q, 0-q Client CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd): B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows (Reference 24): Manufacturer Electro -Motive Division (GM)Model A C1 Serial No. 67 -KI -1008 Volts 2400 / 4160 v Currents 782 I 452 Amps Phase 3 Power Factor 0.8 RPM 900 Frequency 60 KVA 3125 Temperature Rise 85 0 C Stator -Therm 60 0 C Rotor -Res KVA Peak Rating 3575 KVA For 2000 HR YR Temperature Rise 105 0 C Stator -Therm 70 0 C Rotor -Res Insulation Class Stator -H_ Rotor- F Excitation Volts -144.Amps -100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer Electro -Motive Division (GM)Model No. S20E4GW Serial No. 1157 Sar-get .- L~wndyv'Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X [Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev., I Date.Page I. "0 -Client CornEd project Dresden Station Unit 2 Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd)C. Dead Load Pickup Capability ( Locked Rotor Current) -Generator Reactive Load Vs% Voltage Graph #SC -5056 by Electro -Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in I second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12)requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current).
D2A4DG2R.101        10/11/96      10:08a        Initial File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.
The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.
D2EXCELXLS          10/11/96      1:26p          Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.00 DG2MCAD.MCD          10/11/96      11:29a        Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT        10/11/96      1:39p          Single line - Attach E (Powerpoint)
D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).I. Table 4. KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when OG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).J. Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).
DRESDG2.00            12/19/94      6:34p          Flow Chart 1 (ABC Flowcharter)
K. Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.L. Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.M. Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.
DRESDG2.WP            10/11196                    Calculation Text - Wordperfect
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining
 
%PF and efficiency (Attached).
CALCULATION PAGE
: 0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining XIR Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each R step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G). I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14-93 -Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03-92 -Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)V. S&L Standard ES1-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference
....CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION        003                    PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f .. )
: 20)
File Descriptions (cont'd)
CALCULATION PAGE'CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-7 R3 Input Data (cont'd)AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and 0O0A (Reference 60). See Section 2.0 R3 for latest ETAP file.AB. 125Vdc and 25OVdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)
Revision 2 File Name                                     Size          Date       Time       File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc                504320 bytes        8/9/06    7:52:35am    Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls    532480 bytes      7/31106    2:13:14pm    Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (table 4).xls        53248 bytes      4/21/06    9:05:56am    Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb                    1,7977,344 bytes    8101/06    1:22:49pm    ETAP database DREUnit2_0003.macros.xml                  10595 bytes    8/01/06    10:17:20am    ETAP macros DREUnit2._0003,scenariosxml              11572 bytes      7/31/06    10:20:30am    ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2_0003.oti                        9728 bytes      8/01/06    1:22:48pm    ETAP "OTI" file Revision 3 File Name                                    Size          Date        Time      File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc              s  ,1 4tý-16,1",*  v/    97  1s: O    ,, Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls    522752 bytes      3/2/07    7:25:52am    Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls      55248 bytes       3/9/07    7:48:15amr    Table 4                  R3 DREUnit2_0004.mdb                    18,911,232 bytes     3/20/07  11:34:56pm    ETAP database DREUnit2_0004.macros.xml                11206 bytes       3/20/07    9:46:37pm    ETAP macros II DREUnit2_0004.scenarios.xml             12862 bytes     2/12/07    3:49:12pm  I ETAP Scenarios DRE Unit2_0004.oti                             bytes   3/21/07    9:37:49pm    ETAP 'OTI* file tIb-.&,161
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION        003                  PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III  PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.
The purpose of this calculation includes the following:
: 1)    Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
: 2)     Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
: 3)    Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.
: 4)    Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.
: 5)    Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.
: 6)      Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.
: 7)      Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.
: 8)      Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.
: 9)      Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value.
on the EDG.
: 10)     Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment & services. The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                    REVISION          003                PAGE NO. 3.0-2C(..-I.
PURPOSE/SCOPE (cont'd)
The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity. The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.
The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG        P3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded. The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.
The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.
The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division. Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.
Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                  REVISION    002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV  INPUT DATA The input data extracted from the references is summarized below:
A.     Abbreviations ADS            Automatic Depressurization System AO              Air Operated CC              Containment Cooling CCSW            Containment Cooling Service Water Cig            Cooling Clnup          Clean up Cnmt            Containment Comp            Compressor Compt          Compartment Diff            Differential DIT            Design Information Transmittal DG              Diesel Generator DW              Drywell EFF            Efficiency EHC            Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS            Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP            Electrical Transient Analyzer Program I R2 Emerg          Emergency
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under      Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sar~gt~J    LL~~t              Design Bases Accident Condition                  ReIv    DatE X  Safety-Related            Non-Safety-Related      Page          7,-
Client ComEd lProject Dresden Station Unit 2 lProj. No. 9389-46          Equip. No.
I  Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by Date Date Date Input Data (cont'd):
ECCS                      Emergency Core Cooling System FSAR                      Final Safety Analysis System gpm                      Gallons Per Minute GE                        General Electric Gen                      Generator Hndlg                      Handling HPCI                      High Pressure Coolant Injection HVAC                      Heating Ventilation &,Air Conditioning Inbd                      Inboard Inst                      Instrument Isoln                      Isolation LOCA                      Loss Of Coolant Accident LOOP                      Loss Of Offsite Power LPCI                      Low Pressure Coolant Injection LRC                        Locked Rotor Current Mon                        Monitoring MCC                        Motor Control Center M-G                        Motor Generator MOV                        Motor Operated Valve
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under  Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LunCnJV LLLC        Design Bases Accident Condition            Rev.
X ISafety-Related            INon-Safety-Related Page '/o3 lClient CornEd jProject Dresden Station Unit 2 jProj. No. 9389-46          Equip. No.
I I
Prepared by Reviewed by 1Approved by Date Date lDate        -4 Input Data (cont'd):
Outbd                      Outboard PF                        Power Factor Press                      Pressure Prot                      Protection Recirc                    Recirculation Rm                        Room Rx Bldg                    Reactor Building SBGT                      Standby Gas Treatment System Ser                        Service SWGR                      Switchgear Stm                        Steam Suct                      Suction TB                        Turbine Building Turb                      Turbine UPS                        Uninterruptible Power Supply VIv                        Valve Wtr                        Water Xfmr                      Transformer
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 LunzadyL,            Design Bases Accident Condition                   Re IDat            Y X ISafety-Related       I      Non-Safety-Related       Page  q, 0 -q Client CornEd                                            Prepared by                              Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                             Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date Input Data (cont'd):
B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows (Reference 24):
Manufacturer                        Electro - Motive Division (GM)
Model                              A C1 Serial No.                        67 - KI - 1008 Volts                              2400 / 4160 v Currents                          782 I 452 Amps Phase                              3 Power Factor                        0.8 RPM                                900 Frequency                          60 KVA                                3125 Temperature Rise                    85 0 C Stator - Therm 60 0C Rotor - Res KVA Peak Rating                    3575 KVA For 2000 HR        YR Temperature Rise                    105 0C Stator - Therm 700C Rotor - Res Insulation Class                    Stator - H
_ Rotor-  F Excitation                          Volts - 144
                                                      .Amps - 100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer          Electro - Motive Division (GM)
Model No.                           S20E4GW Serial No.                          1157
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under          Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sar-get    .-   L~wndyv'             Design Bases Accident Condition                    Rev.,    IDate.
X  [Safety-Related            Non-Safety-Related        Page    I. "0 -
Client CornEd                                            Prepared by                                Date project Dresden Station Unit 2                          Reviewed by                                Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                                 Date Input Data (cont'd)
C.     Dead Load Pickup Capability ( Locked Rotor Current) - Generator Reactive Load Vs
                    % Voltage Graph #SC - 5056 by Electro - Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].
This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.
The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in I second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12) requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current). The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.
D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).
E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).
F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)
G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)
H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).
I. Table 4. KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when OG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).
J.      Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).
K.      Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.
L.      Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.
M.     Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                  REVISION      002                  PAGE NO.        4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)
N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining %PF and efficiency (Attached).
: 0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining XIR Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)
Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)
R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)
S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each               R step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G).
I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14 Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)
U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03 Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)
V. S&L Standard ES1-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)
W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)
X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)
Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)
Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference 20)
 
CALCULATION PAGE
'CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                  REVISION        003          PAGE NO. 4.0-7          R3 Input Data (cont'd)
AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and 0O0A (Reference 60). See Section 2.0      R3 for latest ETAP file.
AB. 125Vdc and 25OVdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)
AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)
AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)
AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)
AF. GE Drawing 992C510, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)
AF. GE Drawing 992C510, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)
AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)
AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)
Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)
Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)
AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference
AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -
: 61)
Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference 61)
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-8(@.._a AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).Core Spray Pump 2B 883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)LPCI Pump 2C 639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)LPCI Pump 2D 619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)CCSW Pump 2C 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS. The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)R3 AT. The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)AV. Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 5.0-11(ý.)
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       003           PAGE NO. 4.0-8(@.._a AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).
V ASSUMPTIONS
Core Spray Pump 2B         883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)
: 1) MCC control transformers (approximately 1,50VA -200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
LPCI Pump 2C               639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)
: 2) The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting.
LPCI Pump 2D               619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)
This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.3) Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
CCSW Pump 2C               575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D               575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS. The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)
: 4) When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
R3 AT. The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)
: 5) For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)
: 6) The line break is in Loop "A" and Loop "B" is selected for injection.
AV. Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)
: 7) The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase in speed corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will operate on a different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.Therefore, this assumption is conservative.
AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)
: 8) For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation.
AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)
Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation.
AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)
Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included.
AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)
This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         003                 PAGE NO.       5.0-11(ý.)
V   ASSUMPTIONS
: 1)     MCC control transformers (approximately 1,50VA - 200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
: 2)     The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting. This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.
: 3)     Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
: 4)     When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
: 5)     For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
: 6)     The line break is in Loop "A"and Loop "B"is selected for injection.
: 7)     The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase operatein speedon a corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.
Therefore, this assumption is conservative.
: 8)     For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation. Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation. Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included. This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.
The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.
The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.
[
[
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 gw=, ' Lunridyv-Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X ISafety-Related I N Ion-Safety-Related JPage 0 .- I 4.Crient CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.) Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.
 
2.) For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 gw=, '     Lunridyv-           Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.       Date X ISafety-Related       I     Ion-Safety-Related N                      JPage     .-0 I       4.
3.) It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints.
Crient CornEd                                             Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                             Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46             Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date VI.     ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.)   Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.
For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=0-and time t=0+.4.) Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order: a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 7.0-1(p.-VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria: 1) Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.
2.)   For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.
This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.
3.)   It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints. For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=0-and time t=0+.
4.)   Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order:
a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION             003             PAGE NO.       7.0-1(p.-
VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria:
: 1)     Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.
* The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.
* The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.
Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.* The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance.
Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.
If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023 R or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.76).EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2_T=10+m, DG2_T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.2) Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.
* The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance. If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023         R or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.
* Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration." The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits." The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate." The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable.
76).
* The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ): Service 1 Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)LPCI Pump 2C 5 LPCI Pump 2D 5 Core Spray Pump 2B 5 Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. Date Page -Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A. Load Sequencing During LOOP/LOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds., This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit).
EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2_T=10+m, DG2_T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)
It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.It was found from discussion with CoinEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.
Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.
: 1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:* 2 psig drywell pressure, or* -59" Reactor water level, or* Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or* Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required.
: 2)   Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.
Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.
* Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)2) Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA* When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B)starts its reset recovery timing.* As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.* 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.
            "     The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits.
            "     The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate.
            "     The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable.
* The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ):
Service               1 Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)
LPCI Pump 2C                             5 LPCI Pump 2D                             5 Core Spray Pump 2B                           5
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.      Date X ISafety-Related         I Non-Safety-Related           Page         -
Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A.     Load Sequencing During LOOP/LOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds., This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.
This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit). It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.
It was found from discussion with CoinEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.
For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.
: 1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:
* 2 psig drywell pressure, or
                      *   -59" Reactor water level, or
* Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or
* Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or
* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or
* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.
Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required. Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         002                 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)
: 2)     Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA
* When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B) starts its reset recovery timing.
* As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.
* 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.
* 10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.
* 10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.
Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.3) Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64): " Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out.R2" At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B)." Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2" After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.* After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.
Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.
S0rgt~8~ LL*rtdyL S Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related I .INon-Safety-Relate d CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. -Date IPage 16. 0 -_Client CornEd 1 IPrepared by!Date i IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 I IReviewed by IDate I I I IProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.i lApproved by IDate I f &#xfd;4. , ::.B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads 1) LPCI/CC -LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.* CC Service Water pumps are tripped and interlocked off.* The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger, See Section VIII.B.3.iii.
: 3)     Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64):
* LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) -To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.
                      " Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out.                             R2
* Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 38B are interlocked closed.* With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.0 LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets.0 LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.* LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B)  
                  "     At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B).
-To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.R2 2) Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal:* High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,* Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or" Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.ii) The following valves respond to initiation of core spray: Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B -This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B -This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig." Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B -This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig." Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B -This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.
                  "     Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B -This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.3) CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger.
                  "     After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.
One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger.
* After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.
The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.
 
i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.ii) According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S0rgt~8~        LL*rtdyL      S        Design Bases Accident Condition                    Rev.         -Date IPage   16. 0 -       _
before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated j R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger.
X ISafety-Related        I  .INon-Safety-Relate d Client CornEd                                           1 IPrepared by                               !Date       i IProject Dresden Station Unit 2                         I IReviewed by                               IDate I
The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.
II IProj. No. 9389-46             Equip. No.               i lApproved by                             IDate         I B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads
: 1) LPCI/CC - LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).
LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).
f &#xfd;4., ::.                        i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.
* CC Service Water pumps are tripped and interlocked off.
* The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger, See Section VIII.B.3.iii.
* LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) - To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.
* Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 38B are interlocked closed.
* With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.
0 LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets.
0     LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.
* LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B) - To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION         002               PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.
R2
: 2)   Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.
i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal:
* High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,
* Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or
                "     Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.
ii)The following valves respond to initiation of core spray:
Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B - This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B - This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
                "     Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B - This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
                "     Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B - This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION       002                   PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B - This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.
: 3)   CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger. One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger. The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.
i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.
ii)According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required           R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]
before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated             j R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.
iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger. The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.
As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.
As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.
: 4) Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity.
: 4)   Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)
The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.
The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity. The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S~ger LundctV, Design Bases Accident Condition Date X Sfet-Related Non-Safety-RelatedPae  
 
.0 IClient CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Prepared by Date Reviewed by DteO Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by D.ate The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under           CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S~ger     LundctV,                 Design Bases Accident Condition                               Date X Sfet-Related             Non-Safety-RelatedPae                 .0 IClient CornEd                                               Prepared by                                Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                             Reviewed by                               DteO Proj. No. 9389-46               Equip. No.                   Approved by                               D.ate The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:
1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)b. High radiation on refuel floor (lO0mr/hr)
1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby
: c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr)2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity.
: a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)
Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation.
: b. High radiation on refuel floor (lO0mr/hr)
Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation.
: c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)
Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation.
: d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)
SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment.
: e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr) 2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.
The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.
Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation. Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation. SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.
r Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under O a m o -r ICI D e sign. O 0 B as es A c cid en t C o n ditio n IR e. , I j a te X ISafety-Related Non-Safety-Related Client CornEd Prepared by ,Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by ,Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows: 1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.5.) Lf Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.
: 5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment. The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.
 
rCalculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under a mo O             -r ICI O            Design.
0 Bas es Accid  entConditio n                 IRe. ,Ij ate X ISafety-Related             Non-Safety-Related Client CornEd                                           Prepared by           ,Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by       ,Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                 Approved by                             Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows:
1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.
2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.
3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.
4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.
5.) Lf Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.
6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.
For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.
For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                       REVISION         002                   PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:
There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:
There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:
: 1) Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)2) Safe Shutdown Due to Fire 3) LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG:.. Table 1 ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed R2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing.
: 1)   Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)
Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading, For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the R2 steady state load of all running and starting services for the starting step being analyzed.The ETAP model was revised to mimic the ELMS-AC data files that were part of the calculation prior to Revision 002. Scenarios were created in ETAP to model the various loading steps in the DG load profile as loads are energized and de-energized.
: 2)   Safe Shutdown Due to Fire
The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. All scenarios use loading category "DG Loading".
: 3)   LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.
This loading category was created by duplicating R2 loading category "Condition 3". In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in the "DG Loading" category.
B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG:
If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation.
                    ..     Table 1 ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically       R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).
Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile. No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches.
The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed R2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing. Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading, For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the       R2 steady state load of all running and starting services for the starting step being analyzed.
The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program.
The ETAP model was revised to mimic the ELMS-AC data files that were part of the calculation prior to Revision 002. Scenarios were created in ETAP to model the various loading steps in the DG load profile as loads are energized and de-energized.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 938946-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-2 The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. The scenarios use one of three loading categories named "DG Ld 0 CCSW", "DG Ld 1 CCSW" and 'DG R3 Ld 2 CCSW". These loading categories were created by duplicating loading category "Condition 3".In cases where a load was identified in loading category 'Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in these loading R categories.
The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. All scenarios use loading category "DG Loading". This loading category was created by duplicating                 R2 loading category "Condition 3". In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in the "DG Loading" category. If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, itwas revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile. No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program.
If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load R3 condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation.
 
Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile.No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 938946-19-2                                     REVISION         003                 PAGE NO. 9.0-2 The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. The scenarios use one of three loading categories named "DG Ld 0 CCSW", "DG Ld 1 CCSW" and 'DG             R3 Ld 2 CCSW". These loading categories were created by duplicating loading category "Condition 3".
The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program. The three loading categories are identical except the BHP values associated with the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps are varied. "DG Ld 0 CCSW" represents the first 10 minutes of the accident where no CCSW pumps are operating."DG Ld 1 CCSW" reflects reduced CS and LPCI loading values after 10 minutes and a 115% bhp loading value for a single CCSW pump in operation. "DG Ld 2 CCSW" is the same as "DG Ld 1 CCSW" except CCSW bhp values are reduced to reflect operation of both pumps.Four study cases were created for use with this calculation:
In cases where a load was identified in loading category 'Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in these loading         R categories. If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load R3 condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile.
DG_0_CCSW, DGI_CCSW, R3 DG_2_CCSW and DG_Vreduced.
No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program. The three loading categories are identical except the BHP values associated with the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps are varied. "DG Ld 0 CCSW" represents the first 10 minutes of the accident where no CCSW pumps are operating.
The first three study cases use the corresponding similarly named loading category and the DGVreduced case uses the DG_0_CCSW loading category as all runs correspond to less than 10 minutes into the event. The generating category was set to"Nominal" and "Gen Min" for the first three study cases and DG Vreduced study cases respectively.
          "DG Ld 1 CCSW" reflects reduced CS and LPCI loading values after 10 minutes and a 115% bhp loading value for a single CCSW pump in operation. "DG Ld 2 CCSW" is the same as "DG Ld 1 CCSW" except CCSW bhp values are reduced to reflect operation of both pumps.
The Unit 2 diesel voltage was set to 100% and 60% for the "Nominal" and "Gen Min. generation categories respectively.
Four study cases were created for use with this calculation: DG_0_CCSW, DGI_CCSW,                     R3 DG_2_CCSW and DG_Vreduced. The first three study cases use the corresponding similarly named loading category and the DGVreduced case uses the DG_0_CCSW loading category as all runs correspond to less than 10 minutes into the event. The generating category was set to "Nominal" and "Gen Min" for the first three study cases and DG Vreduced study cases respectively.
60% was chosen as it envelopes the lowest expected DG terminal voltage.This value is supported by the calculations performed in Section 10. In each of these study cases, the Newton Raphson method of load flow was selected with the maximum number of iterations set at 99 and the precision set to 0.000001.
The Unit 2 diesel voltage was set to 100% and 60% for the "Nominal" and "Gen Min. generation categories respectively. 60% was chosen as it envelopes the lowest expected DG terminal voltage.
Only the initial bus voltages were chosen to be updated as a result of execution of the load flow. No diversity factors or global tolerances were used.The scenario wizard in ETAP was used to set up the configuration, study case, and output report for each time step in the DG load profile. The study wizard was used to group and run all of the scenarios.
This value is supported by the calculations performed in Section 10. In each of these study cases, the Newton Raphson method of load flow was selected with the maximum number of iterations set at 99 and the precision set to 0.000001. Only the initial bus voltages were chosen to be updated as a result of execution of the load flow. No diversity factors or global tolerances were used.
Each scenario was run three times in a row as part of each study macro. The results can vary depending upon the order that the study cases are run as certain calculations within ETAP are run using the initial bus voltages in the bus editor. The multiple runs assure a unique solution is reached regardless of the bus voltages in the bus editors prior to each load flow run, The precision for each study case is not accurate enough to guarantee a unique solution.
The scenario wizard in ETAP was used to set up the configuration, study case, and output report for each time step in the DG load profile. The study wizard was used to group and run all of the scenarios. Each scenario was run three times in a row as part of each study macro. The results can vary depending upon the order that the study cases are run as certain calculations within ETAP are run using the initial bus voltages in the bus editor. The multiple runs assure a unique solution is reached regardless of the bus voltages in the bus editors prior to each load flow run, The precision for each study case is not accurate enough to guarantee a unique solution. The scenarios used to calculate the loading on the DG during each time step are listed below along with the relevant ETAP settings, configurations, etc.
The scenarios used to calculate the loading on the DG during each time step are listed below along with the relevant ETAP settings, configurations, etc.
 
CALC NO.CALCULATION PAGE 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-3 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)DG Study Description Scenario Configuration Study Case -Voltage Output Report Macro DG2_BkrCl DG2 Bkr Cl DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_BkrClose DG2_Vnormal Initial loading on DG due to 480V loads when DG breaker closes DG2_UV_Reset DG2_UVRst DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_UVReset DG2_Vnormal Scenado DG2 Bkr Cl plus 1It LPCI pump and auxiliaries DG2_T=5sec DG2_T=5sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2JT=5sec DG2 Vnormal Scenario DG2_UVReset plus 2f LPCI pump DG2 T=10sec DG2T=10sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10sec OG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=5sec plus Core Spray Pump and Auxiliaries DG2_T=10.min DG2_T=10-m DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2T=10-min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=IOsec minus MOV that have completed stroke DG2_T=10+min DG2_T=10+m DGI CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10+min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10-min plus 1 CCSW pump and Auxiliaries DG2 T=10++mn DG2LT10++m DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10++min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10+min plus 2O CCSWq pump and Auxiliaries minus 1 LPCI pump.DG2_CRHVAC DG2_CRHVAC DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_CR- HVAC DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=10++min plus Control Room HVAC and all other long term loads.DG2_BkrViow DG2_BkrCl DG Vreduced 2496V DG2 Bkr Vred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_BkrCl run at lowest expected voltage 0G2_UV_Vlow DG2_UVRst DGVreduced 2496V DG2_UV_Vred D02_Vreduce Scenario DG2 UV Reset run at lowest expected voltage DG2 T=5sV1o DG2_T=5sec DGVreduced I 2496V DG2-T=5sVred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_T=5sec run at lowest expected t voltage 002 T10-ml-o 00DG2T=10-m DGVreduced I 2496V 0DG2T=10-mred DG2_Vreduce Scenario 002_T=1O-rin run at lowest expected voltage R3 CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-4 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)C. Transient Loading Evaluation.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.     9389-46-19-2                               REVISION         003                   PAGE NO.         9.0-3 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)
The following attachments are used to determine and develop the transient loading of the DG:* Table 1" Table 4* Flow Chart 1* Use of Dead Load Pickup Curve.The following formulas will be used to determine the starting KVA on the DG at each step from the motor data provided and the ETAP reduced voltage scenarios.
DG                         Study               Description Scenario   Configuration Study Case         -Voltage Output Report     Macro DG2_BkrCl     DG2 Bkr Cl   DG_0_CCSW     4160V     DG2_BkrClose     DG2_Vnormal   Initial loading on DG due to 480V loads when DG breaker closes DG2_UV_Reset   DG2_UVRst     DG_0_CCSW     4160V     DG2_UVReset     DG2_Vnormal   Scenado DG2 Bkr Cl plus 1It LPCI pump and auxiliaries DG2_T=5sec     DG2_T=5sec   DG_0_CCSW     4160V     DG2JT=5sec       DG2 Vnormal   Scenario DG2_UVReset plus 2f LPCI pump DG2 T=10sec   DG2T=10sec   DG_0_CCSW       4160V     DG2_T=10sec     OG2_Vnormal   Scenario DG2_T=5sec plus Core Spray Pump and Auxiliaries             R3 DG2_T=10.min   DG2_T=10-m   DG_0_CCSW     4160V     DG2T=10-min       DG2_Vnormal   Scenario DG2_T=IOsec minus MOV that have completed stroke DG2_T=10+min   DG2_T=10+m   DGI CCSW       4160V     DG2_T=10+min     DG2_Vnormal   Scenario DG2 T=10-min plus 1 CCSW pump and Auxiliaries DG2 T=10++mn DG2LT10++m   DG_2_CCSW     4160V     DG2_T=10++min   DG2_Vnormal   Scenario DG2 T=10+min plus 2O CCSWq pump and Auxiliaries minus 1 LPCI pump.
R2 Calculating starting KVA (SKVAR) at the machine's rated voltage (VR)SKVAR = '/3 VR ILRC where, ILRC is the machine's Locked Rotor Current CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-5 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)Calculating starting KVA (SKVA) at the machine's rated voltage (V 2)SKVA @ V 2 = (/2)2 I (VR)2 X SKVAR The starting kW/kVAR for the starting loads in each step will be calculated and tabulated separately in Table 4.The reduced voltage ETAP files are run for each timeframe immediately preceeding a large motor start with the exception of the last CCSW pump which is bounded by a start of the 1 st CCSW pump.The 1 " CCSW pump was modeled as starting concurrent with the auxiliary loads energized concurrently with the 2nd CCSW pump in order to create a bounding case for a CCSW pump start.The reduced DG terminal voltage is equal to or lower than the voltage dip during the most severe starting step. The reduced terminal voltage will be used to determine an incremental increase in current caused by the running loads operating at lower than rated voltage.The difference in current will be reflected as the equivalent kw/kvar at full voltage (at the power factor of the running loads) and added to the total starting kw/kvar of the starting loads to determine the net starting KVA.The power factor of the running loads is taken from ETAP.Calculating the incremental KVA for previously running loads is done as follows: Icu,,T1o%  
DG2_CRHVAC   DG2_CRHVAC   DG_2_CCSW     4160V     DG2_CR- HVAC     DG2_Vnormal   Scenario DG2_T=10++min plus Control Room HVAC and all other long term loads.
= Taken from ETAP output report from the study cases run at nominal voltage R3 Icurraduce vdtage = Taken from ETAP output report from DGVreduced study cases AKVA = Al x /3 x 4.16KV Conservatively, the worst voltage drop case due to the presence of running load will be applied to all large motor starting cases. The previous calculation revisions show that the largest voltage dip occurs when the Core Spray Pump starts. Revision 13 of Calculation 7317-33-19-2 shows that the voltage dip is 61.8% of bus rated voltage for Unit 3 when the first LPCI Pump is starting.
DG2_BkrViow   DG2_BkrCl     DG Vreduced   2496V     DG2 Bkr Vred     DG2 Vreduce   Scenario DG2_BkrCl run at lowest expected voltage 0G2_UV_Vlow   DG2_UVRst     DGVreduced   2496V     DG2_UV_Vred     D02_Vreduce   Scenario DG2 UV Reset run at lowest expected voltage DG2 T=5sV1o   DG2_T=5sec   DGVreduced I 2496V     DG2-T=5sVred     DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_T=5sec run at lowest expected t                                                     voltage 002 T10-ml-o   00DG2T=10-m   DGVreduced I 2496V       0DG2T=10-mred   DG2_Vreduce Scenario 002_T=1O-rin run at lowest expected voltage
For conservatism, 60.0% (i.e. 2496V) of bus rated voltage will be used for all running load conditions.
 
The voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG for the initial start at breaker closing is determined from the EMD's Dead Load Pickup Curve #SSC-5056 CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-6 (Ref. 13) by using the total starting KVA value from Table 4. Following the initial start, the total KVA is determined by vectorially adding the step starting load KW/KVAR from Table 4, the AKVA R2 changed to KW/KVAR of the running load of the previous scenario in the ETAP file, and the starting KW/KVAR of the 4000V motor that Is starting to determine the total starting KVA, which is then used to determine the voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG terminals.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       002               PAGE NO. 9.0-4 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)
The Dead Load Pickup Curve provides initial voltage dip and recovery after 1 second following a start based on the DG transient starting load. The curve includes the combined effect of the exciter and the governor in order to provide recovery voltages.
C. Transient Loading Evaluation.
The voltage dip and recovery analysis utilizes the results of dynamic DG characteristics reflected in the manufacturer's curve. Though the curve shows voltage recovery up to 1 second, the voltage will continue to improve after 1 second due to exciter and governor operation.
The following attachments are used to determine and develop the transient loading of the DG:
The DG Strip Chart for the surveillance test (Ref. 23) shows the voltage improvement past 1 second.To determine motor starting terminal voltage, the cable voltage drop is calculated using the locked rotor current at rated voltage. This is conservative since the locked rotor current is directly proportional to applied voltage.D. Analysis of control circuits during motor starting transient voltage dip.When the DG starts a large motor, the momentary voltage dip can be below 70% of generator rated voltage. There is a concern whether momentary low voltage could use certain control circuits to drop-out.
* Table 1
Table 2 of this calculation analyzes the effect of an AC momentary voltage dip on the operation of the mechanical equipment.
                          "     Table 4
This table analyzes the momentary voltage dip at 5 seconds & 10 seconds after UV reset; and 10 minutes and after for its effect on the operation of mechanical equipment.
* Flow Chart 1
E. Protective device evaluation and MOV operating time effects during motor starting transient voltage dip The voltage recovery after one second will be evaluated for net effect on the protective devices.The duration of starting current is expected to be shorter than operation from' offsite power source because of better DG voltage recovery.
* Use of Dead Load Pickup Curve.
Because protective devices are set to allow adequate starting time at motor rated voltage and during operation from offsite power, protective device operation due to overcurrent or longer operating time is not expected to be a concern when operating from the DG power during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The voltage and frequency protection of MCC 28/29-7 has been studied in S&L Calculation 8231-05-19-1 Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2
The following formulas will be used to determine the starting KVA on the DG at each step from the motor data provided and the ETAP reduced voltage scenarios.                                       R2 Calculating starting KVA (SKVAR) at the machine's rated voltage (VR)
'o, .Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. ilDate X .Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page .0-7 /t:vN Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date METHODOLOGY (Cont'd)F. Methodology for Determining Starting Time of Large Motors. (Ref. 42)To determine large motor starting times, the time needed for the motor to accelerate through an increment of motor speed will be found. This will be accomplished by determining from motor and load speed-torque curves net accelerating torque (i.e. the difference between the torque produced by the motor and the torque required by the load) for each increment of speed. Using the combined motor and load inertia, the time needed to accelerate through the increment of speed can be calculated.
SKVAR = '/3 VR     ILRC where,   ILRC is the machine's Locked Rotor Current
All the time intervals will be summed to obtain a total motor starting time. Since motor torque is directly proportional to the square of applied terminal voltage, values obtained from the 100% rated voltage speed-torque curve will be adjusted downward for lower than rated applied terminal voltage. And, since this calculation determines for each motor start an initial voltage and a recovery voltage after 1 second, these two values will be used when adjusting motor torque for applied terminal voltage (i.e. For the initial speed increment and all subsequent increments occurring 1 second or less from the beginning of the motor start period, the initial voltage value will be used to determine motor torque. All later increments will use the 1 second recovery voltage value.) The time for each speed increment will be found using the following process: 1) At each speed increment, the motor torque will be found at the initial or I second recovery motor terminal voltage, as appropriate this will be done using the equation: T = [(Vterm)2 / (Vrated)2] x Motor Base Torque x 100% Voltage Motor Torque from speed-torque curve 2) At each speed increment, load torque will be obtained from the load speed-torque curve.3) The torque of the load is subtracted from the determined motor torque to obtain the net accelerating torque.4) Finally the time to accelerate through an RPM increment is found using the following equation: t = [WK 2 (pump + motor) x RPM increment]  
 
/ (307.5 x Net Accelerating Torque)5) All the time increments are summed to obtain the total motor starting time.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION       003                   PAGE NO. 9.0-5 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 10.0-1 X CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS The following set of Calculations and Results are for the condition when DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 buses.A. Loading Scenarios:
Calculating starting KVA (SKVA) at the machine's rated voltage (V2)
Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, loading table 8.3-3 shows that the maximum DG 2 loading during LOOP is only 1552 kW.Dresden Station Fire Protection Reports -Safe Shutdown Report dated July 1993, Table 3.1-1, shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 is 1541 kW, which is adequate for Dresden Station (Note: Note 3 of Table 3.1-1 was considered when calculating this loading).Also, the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, Figure 8.3-4 shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA is 2247 kW By comparing all three conditions, it is concluded that the combination of LOOP concurrent with LOCA is the worst case of DG loading. Therefore, LOOP concurrent with LOCA scenario was analyzed in detail in this calculation.
SKVA   @ V2 = (/2)2 I (VR) 2 X SKVAR The starting kW/kVAR for the starting loads in each step will be calculated and tabulated separately in Table 4.
The load values for the three conditions stated above are historical values and are used only for comparison of load magnitudes to determine the worst-case loading scenario for the Diesel Generator.
The reduced voltage ETAP files are run for each timeframe immediately preceeding a large motor start with the exception of the last CCSW pump which is bounded by a start of the 1st CCSW pump.
For currently predicted loading values on the diesel generator, see Section Xl, Subsection A, "Continuous Loading of the Diesel Generator".
The 1" CCSW pump was modeled as starting concurrent with the auxiliary loads energized concurrently with the 2nd CCSW pump in order to create a bounding case for a CCSW pump start.
B. Continuous Loading Table 1 was developed to show loads powered by the DG and the loads that will be automatically activated when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 following LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The ETAP model was then set up using the "DG Ld 0 CCSW", DG Ld 1 CCSW" and DG R 3 Ld 2 CCSW" loading categories and the various configurations to model the loads as described in the methodology section. The CCSW Pumps are manually started and a LPCI Pump is turned off to stay within the DG capacity.Also, for conservatism the Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps are shown as operating from 0 seconds, even though these pumps will not operate for the first few hours because the Day Tank has fuel supply for approximately four hours.C. DG Terminal Voltages under Different Loading Steps Figure 2 Load vs Time profile of starting loads for the DG was developed from Table 1 showing loads operating at each different time sequence.
The reduced DG terminal voltage is equal to or lower than the voltage dip during the most severe starting step. The reduced terminal voltage will be used to determine an incremental increase in current caused by the running loads operating at lower than rated voltage.
The values for the running loads in kW/kVAR/kVA were taken from the appropriate ETAP output report, and the starting values for 480V loads are calculated in Table 4. The following is a sample calculation for LPCI Pump 2C showing the determination of motor starting kVA and starting time. It is shown for demonstrative purposes only (based on Rev. 2). Actual calculations for the Unit 2 4.16 kV motors is contained R3 in Section 10.1. This sample calculation is based on use of the ETAP program.  
The difference in current will be reflected as the equivalent kw/kvar at full voltage (at the power factor of the running loads) and added to the total starting kw/kvar of the starting loads to determine the net starting KVA.
"C ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I Page 1.0-0 i Design Analysis (Major Revision) i Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.: 9389-46-19-2 Revision:
The power factor of the running loads is taken from ETAP.
003 Title: Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.: EC 364066 Revision:
Calculating the incremental KVA for previously running loads is done as follows:
000 Station(s):
Icu,,T1o% = Taken from ETAP output report from the study cases run at nominal voltage         R3 Icurraduce vdtage = Taken from ETAP output report from DGVreduced study cases AKVA = Al x /3 x 4.16KV Conservatively, the worst voltage drop case due to the presence of running load will be applied to all large motor starting cases. The previous calculation revisions show that the largest voltage dip occurs when the Core Spray Pump starts. Revision 13 of Calculation 7317-33-19-2 shows that the voltage dip is 61.8% of bus rated voltage for Unit 3 when the first LPCI Pump is starting. For conservatism, 60.0% (i.e. 2496V) of bus rated voltage will be used for all running load conditions.
Dresden i Components(s)
The voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG for the initial start at breaker closing is determined from the EMD's Dead Load Pickup Curve #SSC-5056
Unit No.: 2 Various Discipline:
 
E f Description Code/Keyword:
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION       002                   PAGE NO. 9.0-6 (Ref. 13) by using the total starting KVA value from Table 4. Following the initial start, the total KVA is determined by vectorially adding the step starting load KW/KVAR from Table 4, the AKVA                 R2 changed to KW/KVAR of the running load of the previous scenario in the ETAP file, and the starting KW/KVAR of the 4000V motor that Is starting to determine the total starting KVA, which is then used to determine the voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG terminals.
E15 Safety/QA Class: SR r System Code: 66 ___.... ..... ... .... .. .Structure:
The Dead Load Pickup Curve provides initial voltage dip and recovery after 1 second following a start based on the DG transient starting load. The curve includes the combined effect of the exciter and the governor in order to provide recovery voltages. The voltage dip and recovery analysis utilizes the results of dynamic DG characteristics reflected in the manufacturer's curve. Though the curve shows voltage recovery up to 1 second, the voltage will continue to improve after 1 second due to exciter and governor operation. The DG Strip Chart for the surveillance test (Ref. 23) shows the voltage improvement past 1 second.
N/A F CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No. From/To See Section XIV From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information?
To determine motor starting terminal voltage, the cable voltage drop is calculated using the locked rotor current at rated voltage. This is conservative since the locked rotor current is directly proportional to applied voltage.
Yes E] No Z If yes, see SY-M-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions?
D. Analysis of control circuits during motor starting transient voltage dip.
Yes El No Z If yes, ATIIAR#This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES:
When the DG starts a large motor, the momentary voltage dip can be below 70% of generator rated voltage. There is a concern whether momentary low voltage could use certain control circuits to drop-out. Table 2 of this calculation analyzes the effect of an AC momentary voltage dip on the operation of the mechanical equipment. This table analyzes the momentary voltage dip at 5 seconds & 10 seconds after UV reset; and 10 minutes and after for its effect on the operation of mechanical equipment.
N/A in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):
E. Protective device evaluation and MOV operating time effects during motor starting transient voltage dip The voltage recovery after one second will be evaluated for net effect on the protective devices.
See Page 1.0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.Preparer Scott Shephard7 Print Name ,i n am -Date Method of Review Detailed Review Z Alternate J cul ions ched) Testing C]Reviewer Glenn McCarthy 9,_ _ __AP_7 Print Name -'ig6n Name .. Date Review Notes: Independent Review [ Peer Review El (For Exlemnal Analyses Only)External Approver A/j',c -d 1yA 7 ( // /qij/ ____________  
The duration of starting current is expected to be shorter than operation from' offsite power source because of better DG voltage recovery. Because protective devices are set to allow adequate starting time at motor rated voltage and during operation from offsite power, protective device operation due to overcurrent or longer operating time is not expected to be a concern when operating from the DG power during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The voltage and frequency protection of MCC 28/29-7 has been studied in S&L Calculation 8231-05-19-1
-Print Name Sign Name Date Exelon Reviewer 0. C. )4, "l,,._ , //i Print Name S& N;n -" .Date Independent 3 rd Party Review Required?
 
Yes No If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Z // 1LL-- 1 , 0 Print Name Sign Name Date A" Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S r Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.ORIGINAL ---- X[Safety-Related Non-Safety-RltdPg  
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under           Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2
, Client CornEdPrprdbDae1o)t Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date 10/1 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by.. Y.- Date .o/" / -CVYMAOF DIVISION:
        *e,      *Liundw"IL
EPED FILE: 15B SYSTEM CODE: 6800 NOTE FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ, NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46" 1. REVISION  
            'o, .                         Design Bases Accident Condition                     Rev. ilDate X .Safety-Related             Non-Safety-Related         Page .0-7     /t:vN Client CornEd                                                 Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                                 Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46                 Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date METHODOLOGY (Cont'd)
F. Methodology for Determining Starting Time of Large Motors. (Ref. 42)
To determine large motor starting times, the time needed for the motor to accelerate through an increment of motor speed will be found. This will be accomplished by determining from motor and load speed-torque curves net accelerating torque (i.e. the difference between the torque produced by the motor and the torque required by the load) for each increment of speed. Using the combined motor and load inertia, the time needed to accelerate through the increment of speed can be calculated. All the time intervals will be summed to obtain a total motor starting time. Since motor torque is directly proportional to the square of applied terminal voltage, values obtained from the 100% rated voltage speed-torque curve will be adjusted downward for lower than rated applied terminal voltage. And, since this calculation determines for each motor start an initial voltage and a recovery voltage after 1 second, these two values will be used when adjusting motor torque for applied terminal voltage (i.e. For the initial speed increment and all subsequent increments occurring 1 second or less from the beginning of the motor start period, the initial voltage value will be used to determine motor torque. All later increments will use the 1 second recovery voltage value.) The time for each speed increment will be found using the following process:
: 1) At each speed increment, the motor torque will be found at the initial or I second recovery motor terminal voltage, as appropriate this will be done using the equation:
T = [(Vterm) 2 / (Vrated) 2] x Motor Base Torque x 100% Voltage Motor Torque from speed-torque curve
: 2) At each speed increment, load torque will be obtained from the load speed-torque curve.
: 3) The torque of the load is subtracted from the determined motor torque to obtain the net accelerating torque.
: 4) Finally the time to accelerate through an RPM increment is found using the following equation:
t = [WK 2(pump + motor) x RPM increment] / (307.5 x Net Accelerating Torque)
: 5) All the time increments are summed to obtain the total motor starting time.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION       003               PAGE NO.       10.0-1 X CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS The following set of Calculations and Results are for the condition when DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 buses.
A.       Loading Scenarios:
Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, loading table 8.3-3 shows that the maximum DG 2 loading during LOOP is only 1552 kW.
Dresden Station Fire Protection Reports - Safe Shutdown Report dated July 1993, Table 3.1-1, shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 is 1541 kW, which is adequate for Dresden Station (Note: Note 3 of Table 3.1-1 was considered when calculating this loading).
Also, the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, Figure 8.3-4 shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA is 2247 kW By comparing all three conditions, it is concluded that the combination of LOOP concurrent with LOCA is the worst case of DG loading. Therefore, LOOP concurrent with LOCA scenario was analyzed in detail in this calculation.
The load values for the three conditions stated above are historical values and are used only for comparison of load magnitudes to determine the worst-case loading scenario for the Diesel Generator. For currently predicted loading values on the diesel generator, see Section Xl, Subsection A, "Continuous Loading of the Diesel Generator".
B.       Continuous Loading Table 1 was developed to show loads powered by the DG and the loads that will be automatically activated when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 following LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The ETAP model was then set up using the "DG Ld 0 CCSW", DG Ld 1 CCSW" and DG                   R3 Ld 2 CCSW" loading categories and the various configurations to model the loads as described in the methodology section. The CCSW Pumps are manually started and a LPCI Pump is turned off to stay within the DG capacity.
Also, for conservatism the Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps are shown as operating from 0 seconds, even though these pumps will not operate for the first few hours because the Day Tank has fuel supply for approximately four hours.
C.     DG Terminal Voltages under Different Loading Steps Figure 2 Load vs Time profile of starting loads for the DG was developed from Table 1 showing loads operating at each different time sequence. The values for the running loads in kW/kVAR/kVA were taken from the appropriate ETAP output report, and the starting values for 480V loads are calculated in Table 4. The following is a sample calculation for LPCI Pump 2C showing the determination of motor starting kVA and starting time. It is shown for demonstrative purposes only (based on Rev. 2). Actual calculations for the Unit 2 4.16 kV motors is contained       R3 in Section 10.1. This sample calculation is based on use of the ETAP program.
 
"C CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I                                                         Page 1.0-0 i
Design Analysis (Major Revision)                                                                 i Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.:           9389-46-19-2                               Revision: 003
 
==Title:==
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.:             EC 364066                                 Revision: 000 Station(s):                             Dresden                 i                                 Components(s)
Unit No.:                               2                         Various Discipline:                             E                       f Description Code/Keyword:               E15 Safety/QA Class:                       SR                     r System Code:                           66                         ___....                                                 ..... ... .... .. .
Structure:                             N/A                     F CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No.                                 From/To             Document No.                                           From/To See Section XIV                                   From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information?                                       Yes E] No Z           If yes, see SY-M-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions?                             Yes El No Z           If yes, ATIIAR#
This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES: N/A                                                                       in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):
See Page 1.0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.
Preparer         Scott Shephard7 Print Name                                         ,i     n am         -                                     Date Method of Review             Detailed Review Z           Alternate J cul ions                     ched)       Testing C]
Reviewer         Glenn McCarthy                                                     _    __AP_7                              9,_
Print Name                                         -'ig6n Name           ..                                 Date Review Notes:           Independent Review [                 Peer Review         El (For Exlemnal Analyses Only)
External Approver A/j',c Print Name
                                          -d   7
                                                //
1yA(  /qij/               ____________
Sign Name Date Exelon Reviewer                     C. )4,     "l,,._     ,                             //i         zi*                                  0.
Print Name                                   S& N;n       -"                         .           Date Independent         3 rd Party Review Required?               Yes           No                   If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Z                   // 1LL--             1         ,                                                                       0 Print Name                                     Sign Name                                           Date
 
A"                 Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S r     LLsrdl*y              Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.
ORIGINAL           ----
X[Safety-Related             Non-Safety-RltdPg                   ,
Client CornEdPrprdbDae1o)t Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                             Date 10/1 Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by.. Y.-                 . Date o/
                                                                          " /       - CVYMAOF DIVISION: EPED         FILE: 15B       SYSTEM CODE: 6800 NOTE     FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ, NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46"
: 1. REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages., This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition, Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2.
AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages.,
The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows: 1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip -charts (Reference  
This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition, Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2. The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows:
: 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers.
: 1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip -charts (Reference 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).
For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.  
: 2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.
* :Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loadi gereLundYLy-Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related Non-Safetr I.I ng Under v-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. at Page 0 -I Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date 1. Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised: 1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7, 10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through A10,,84 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12;Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.the following pages were added: 1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34)the following pages were deleted: 10.0-9 through 10.0-24, 814-BIS.This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation.
: 3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers. For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.
The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP.
: 4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.
In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90 0 C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor BHP loading requires further verification per Reference  
 
: 26.
              *:Calculation                     For Diesel Generator 2 Loadi ng Under        Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 gereLundYLy-                       Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.      at X  ISafety-Related           Non-Safetrv-Related         Page     0 -I I.I Client CornEd                                                 Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                               Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46               Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date
CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-3 F3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation  
: 1. Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)
# 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3  
Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised:
'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated.
1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7, 10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through A10,,84 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12; Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.
The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.
the following pages were added:
In this revision the following pages were revised: 2.0-4, A3, A8, El, H1, H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced: 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 3.0-1, 4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0-1 -9.0-6, 10.0-1 -10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, CI-C7 replaced by Cl-C6, F1-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added: Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted: 15.0-0 -15.0-34, Attachment I
1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34) the following pages were deleted:
CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-4(,J Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)Revysion 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78. R3 In this revision the following pages were revised: A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced: 1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1O-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added: 1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE_ I_ NO.: II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I.II-III.IV.V.Vil.VII.VIII.IX.X.Xl.XII.XIV.COVER SHEET / REVISION  
10.0-9 through 10.0-24, 814-BIS.
This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation. The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP. In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.
Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90 0C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor BHP loading requires further verification per Reference 26.
 
CALC NO.         9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION         003               PAGE NO. 1.0-3 F3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)
Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation # 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3 'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.
This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated. The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.
In this revision the following pages were revised:
2.0-4, A3, A8, El, H1, H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced:
1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 3.0-1, 4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0 9.0-6, 10.0         10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, CI-C7 replaced by Cl-C6, F1-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added:
Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted:
15.0 15.0-34, Attachment I
 
CALC NO.         9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION         003               PAGE NO. 1.0-4(,J Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)
Revysion 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.
The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78.                                                                                                       R3 In this revision the following pages were revised:
A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced:
1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1O-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added:
1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105
 
CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2                                     REV NO: 003       PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION                               PAGE NO.:       SUB PAGE
_                  I_ NO.:
II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I. COVER SHEET / REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
  & REVIEW METHOD TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION PURPOSE/SCOPE INPUT DATA ASSUMPTIONS ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION METHODOLOGY CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA CONCLUSIONS RECOMMENDATIONS REFERENCES 1.0 1.0-4 2.0-i -2.0-5 3.0-1 -3.0-2 4.0-1 -4.0-8 5.0-1 6.0-1 7.0-1 8.0-1 -8.0-7 9.0-1 -9.0-7 10.0-1 -10.0-8 10.1-0 -10.1-26 11.0-1 -11.0-2 12.0-1 13.0-1 14.0-1 -14.0-7 R3 R3 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
  & REVIEW METHOD     1.0 1.0-4                R3 II-  TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION               2.0-i - 2.0-5 III. PURPOSE/SCOPE                                     3.0-1 -3.0-2 IV. INPUT DATA                                       4.0 4.0-8                R3 V. ASSUMPTIONS                                      5.0-1 Vil. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS                            6.0-1 VII. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                              7.0-1 VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION                        8.0 8.0-7 IX. METHODOLOGY                                      9.0 9.0-7 X. CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS                          10.0 10.0-8 10.1 10.1-26 Xl. COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA    11.0-1 - 11.0-2 XII. CONCLUSIONS                                      12.0-1 RECOMMENDATIONS                                  13.0-1 XIV. REFERENCES                                        14.0-1 - 14.0-7
CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE_I I NO.: Attachments Descri6ption A Table I -Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads. Al-A10 B Table 2 -The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts. B1-B13 C Table 4 -Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II. C1-C6 R3 D Figure 1 -Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 D1-D2 R3 E Figure 2 -Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 El-E2 F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports -Nominal Voltage Fl-F116 R3 G DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports -Reduced Voltage G1 -G62 R3 H Flow Chart 1 -Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads H1-H2 J Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms Ji-JiO R Reference Pages R1-R105 R3 Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation.
 
However, it is reserved for possible future use.
CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
LLJ cr Lkd .Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related 1lNon-Safety-Related Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. I I Date Page 2.0- f1 Client ComEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date IProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GOO 1/6/95 11:28:36a General File -Original Issue D2A4DG2R,GOO 1/6/95 11:56:16a General File -Original Issue -Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100 1/6/95 10:51:24a Initial File -Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100 116195 11:18:14a Initial File -Original Issue -Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00 1/6/95 9:56:48a Table 1 -Excel File D2TB2DG2.00 1/6/95 10:31:24a Table 2 -Excel File D2TB4DG2.00 1/6/95 10:01:44a Table 4 -Excel File LDGRFDG2.00 1/6/95 10:40:12 Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6: 3 4:0 2 p Flow Chart 1 DRESDG2.WP 1/6/95 7:41:08p Calculation Text -Wordperfect L-unctV"a Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X&#xfd; &#xfd;Safety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. X. I Dt Page .-kA IClient CornEd JCllent CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date jProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.File Descriptions (cont)Revision I File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GO1 9/23/96 2:04p General File -Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2R.GO1 9/23/96 2:1Op General File -Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2.101 10/11/96 10:01a Initial File -Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.D2A4DG2R.101 10/11/96 10:08a Initial File -Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.D2EXCEL.XLS 10/11/96 1:26p Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.0O DG2MCAD.MCD 10/11/96 11:29a Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT 10/11/96 1:39p Single line -Attach E (Powerpoint)
CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2                                                         REV NO: 003   PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION                                           PAGE NO.:     SUB PAGE
DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6:34p Flow Chart I (ABC Flowcharter)
_I            I   NO.:
DRESDG2.WP 10/11/96 Calculation Text -Wordperfect CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f ..Q File Descriptions (cont'd)Revision 2 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc 504320 bytes 8/9/06 7:52:35am Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls 532480 bytes 7/31/06 2:13:14pm Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev, 2 (table 4).xls 53248 bytes 4/21/06 9:05:56am Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb 1,7977,344 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:49pm ETAP database DRE_Unit2_0003.macros.xml 10595 bytes 8/01/06 10:17:20am ETAP macros DRE_Unit2_0003.scenarios.xml 11572 bytes 7/31/06 10:20:30amr ETAP Scenarios DRE_Unit2_0003.oti 9728 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:48pm ETAP "OTI* file Revision 3 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc 4,1 T F2/- / i: It Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls 522752 bytes 3/2/07 7:25:52am4 Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls 55248 bytes 3/9/07 7:48:15am Table 4 DREUnit2 0004.mdb 18,911,232 bytes 3/20/07 11:34:56pm I ETAP database DREUnit2O0004.macros.xml 11206 bytes 3/20/07 9:46:37pm ETAP macros DREUnit2 0004.scenarios.xml 12862 bytes 2/12/07 3:49:12pm 1 ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2 O004.oti t5,ebytes I 3/21/07 9:37:49pm ETAP -OTI- file.OXe i S'?&o!q, , 'R3..I CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.The purpose of this calculation includes the following:
Attachments       Descri6ption A               Table I - Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads.                           Al-A10 B               Table 2 - The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts.           B1-B13 C               Table 4 - Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II.               C1-C6                 R3 D               Figure 1 - Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1                                                               D1-D2                 R3 E               Figure 2 - Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1                                                         El-E2 F               DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage                                                         Fl-F116               R3 G               DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Reduced Voltage                                                         G1 -G62               R3 H               Flow Chart 1 - Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads                                       H1-H2 J               Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms                                     Ji-JiO R                 Reference Pages                                                 R1-R105               R3 Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation. However, it is reserved for possible future use.
: 1) Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.2) Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.3) Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.4) Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.5) Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.6) Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.7) Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.8) Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.9) Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value.R3 10) Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading on the EDG.B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment  
 
& services.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under               Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. I IDate f1 LLJ cr Lkd .        Design Bases Accident Condition X    Safety-Related      1lNon-Safety-Related                  Page 2.0-Client ComEd                                               Prepared by                                  Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                             Reviewed by                                   Date IProj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                                  Date File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name               Date         Time                       File Description D2A4DG2.GOO           1/6/95       11:28:36a     General File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R,GOO           1/6/95       11:56:16a     General File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100           1/6/95       10:51:24a     Initial File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100           116195       11:18:14a       Initial File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00           1/6/95       9:56:48a       Table 1 - Excel File D2TB2DG2.00           1/6/95       10:31:24a       Table 2 - Excel File D2TB4DG2.00           1/6/95       10:01:44a       Table 4 - Excel File LDGRFDG2.00           1/6/95       10:40:12       Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00             12/19/94     6: 3 4 :02 p   Flow Chart 1 DRESDG2.WP             1/6/95       7:41:08p       Calculation Text - Wordperfect
The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-2G,,'o.r.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under             Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 L-unctV"a          Design Bases Accident Condition                       Rev. X. IDt X&#xfd;   &#xfd;Safety-Related   I     Non-Safety-Related             Page    .-           kA IClient CornEd                                           Prepared by                                  Date JCllent Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                                   Date jProj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                                  Date File Descriptions (cont)
PURPOSEISCOPE (cont'd)The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity.
Revision I File Name             Date         Time                       File Description D2A4DG2.GO1           9/23/96       2:04p         General File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.
The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG R3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded.
D2A4DG2R.GO1         9/23/96       2:1Op         General File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.
The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.
D2A4DG2.101           10/11/96     10:01a       Initial File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.
The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division.
D2A4DG2R.101         10/11/96     10:08a       Initial File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.
Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.
D2EXCEL.XLS           10/11/96     1:26p         Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.0O DG2MCAD.MCD           10/11/96     11:29a       Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT         10/11/96     1:39p         Single line - Attach E (Powerpoint)
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV INPUT DATA The Input data extracted from the references is summarized below: A. Abbreviations ADS Automatic Depressurization System AO Air Operated Cc Containment Cooling CCSW Containment Cooling Service Water Cig Cooling CInup Clean up Cnmt Containment Comp Compressor Compt Compartment Diff Differential DIT Design Information Transmittal DG Diesel Generator DW Drywell EFF Efficiency EHC Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP Electrical Transient Analyzer Program Emerg Emergency R2 SargE~hj LL Ldy Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition IX Safety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. IDate Z Page q.o0-t7 IClient CornEd ,IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date P1roj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Input Data (contd): ECCS FSAR gpm GE Gen Hndlg HPCI HVAC Inbd Inst Isoln LOCA LOOP LPCI LRC Mon MCC M-G MOV Emergency Core Cooling System Final Safety Analysis System Gallons Per Minute General Electric Generator Handling High Pressure Coolant Injection Heating Ventilation  
DRESDG2.00           12/19/94     6:34p         Flow Chart I (ABC Flowcharter)
& Air Conditioning Inboard Instrument Isolation Loss Of Coolant Accident Loss Of Offsite Power Low Pressure Coolant Injection Locked Rotor Current Monitoring Motor Control Center Motor Generator Motor Operated Valve MOV9a LLjrldy.LL Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X ISafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev.I Page '-1/,a3 Client CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd): Outbd PF Press Prot Recirc Rm Rx Bldg SBGT Ser SWGR Stmn Suct TB Turb UPS VIv Wtr Xfmr Outboard Power Factor Pressure Protection Recirculation Room Reactor Building Standby Gas Treatment System Service Switchgear Steam Suction Turbine Building Turbine Uninterruptible Power Supply Valve Water Transformer LLaridyL Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev.-I IDate lPage q.O _q Client CornEd Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.Prepared by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd): B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows ( Reference 24 ): Manufacturer Electro -Motive Division (GM)Model A C1 Serial No. 67 -KI -1008 Volts 2400 / 4160 v Currents 782 / 452 Amps Phase 3 Power Factor 0.8 RPM 900 Frequency 60 KVA 3125 Temperature Rise 85 0 C Stator -Therm 60 0 C Rotor- Res KVA Peak Rating 3575 KVA For 2000 HR YR Temperature Rise 105 0 C Stator -Therm 70&deg;C Rotor -Res Insulation Class Stator -H Rotor -F Excitation Volts -144 E_ _ Amps -100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer Electro -Motive Division (GM)Model No. S20E4GW Serial No. 1157  
DRESDG2.WP           10/11/96                   Calculation Text - Wordperfect
/ Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 a~5 Lundv"= Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. I Date X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Pe..Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd)C. Dead Load Pickup Capability (Locked Rotor Current) -Generator Reactive Load Vs% Voltage Graph #SC -5056 by Electro -Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in 1 second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12)requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current).
 
The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       003                       PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f .. Q File Descriptions (cont'd)
D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).I. Table 4: KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).J. Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).
Revision 2 File Name                                   Size           Date       Time         File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc               504320 bytes         8/9/06   7:52:35am       Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls   532480 bytes       7/31/06   2:13:14pm       Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev, 2 (table 4).xls       53248 bytes       4/21/06   9:05:56am       Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb                   1,7977,344 bytes     8/01/06   1:22:49pm       ETAP database DRE_Unit2_0003.macros.xml               10595 bytes       8/01/06 10:17:20am       ETAP macros DRE_Unit2_0003.scenarios.xml           11572 bytes       7/31/06 10:20:30amr     ETAP Scenarios DRE_Unit2_0003.oti                       9728 bytes       8/01/06   1:22:48pm       ETAP "OTI* file Revision 3 File Name                                     Size         Date       Time         File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc                   4,1           T F2/-/   It i:   .*,',,. Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls   522752 bytes       3/2/07   7:25:52am4 Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls       55248 bytes       3/9/07   7:48:15am       Table 4                   R3 DREUnit2 0004.mdb                   18,911,232 bytes     3/20/07 11:34:56pm     I ETAP database DREUnit2O0004.macros.xml               11206 bytes       3/20/07   9:46:37pm       ETAP macros DREUnit2 0004.scenarios.xml           12862 bytes       2/12/07 3:49:12pm     1ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2 O004.oti                     t5,ebytes       I 3/21/07 9:37:49pm       ETAP -OTI- file i S'?&o!       .OXe q, ,   '
K. Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.L. Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.M. Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.
I
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining  
 
%PF and efficiency (Attached).
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         003                 PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.
,0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining X/R Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G). I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14-93 -Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03-92 -Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)V. S&L Standard ESI-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference  
The purpose of this calculation includes the following:
: 20)
: 1)     Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-7 R3 Input Data (cont'd)AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and QOQA (Reference 60). See Section 2,0 R3 for latest ETAP file.AB. 125Vdc and 250Vdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)
: 2)     Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
: 3)     Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.
: 4)     Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.
: 5)     Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.
: 6)     Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.
: 7)     Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.
: 8)     Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.
: 9)     Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value.                                                 R3 on the EDG.
: 10)    Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment & services. The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         003                 PAGE NO. 3.0-2G,,'o.r.
PURPOSEISCOPE (cont'd)
The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity. The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.
The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG         R3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded. The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.
The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.
The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division. Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.
Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION   002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV INPUT DATA The Input data extracted from the references is summarized below:
A.     Abbreviations ADS             Automatic Depressurization System AO             Air Operated Cc             Containment Cooling CCSW             Containment Cooling Service Water Cig             Cooling CInup           Clean up Cnmt             Containment Comp           Compressor Compt           Compartment Diff           Differential DIT             Design Information Transmittal DG             Diesel Generator DW             Drywell EFF             Efficiency EHC             Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS           Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP           Electrical Transient Analyzer Program R2 Emerg           Emergency
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under       Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 SargE~hj            LL Ldy        Design Bases Accident Condition                Rev. IDate     Z IX Safety-Related          INon-Safety-Related      Page   q.o0-t7 IClient CornEd                                               Prepared by                            Date
,IProject   Dresden Station Unit 2                         Reviewed by                           Date P1roj. No. 9389-46             Equip. No.                   Approved by                            Date Input Data (contd):
ECCS                       Emergency Core Cooling System FSAR                      Final Safety Analysis System gpm                        Gallons Per Minute GE                          General Electric Gen                        Generator Hndlg                      Handling HPCI                      High Pressure Coolant Injection HVAC                      Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning Inbd                      Inboard Inst                      Instrument Isoln                      Isolation LOCA                      Loss Of Coolant Accident LOOP                      Loss Of Offsite Power LPCI                      Low Pressure Coolant Injection LRC                        Locked Rotor Current Mon                        Monitoring MCC                        Motor Control Center M-G                        Motor Generator MOV                        Motor Operated Valve
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 MOV9a          LLjrldy.LL          Design Bases Accident Condition            Rev.I X ISafety-Related            INon-Safety-Related Page  '-1/,a3 Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                        Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                         Reviewed by                        Date Proj. No. 9389-46         Equip. No.                   Approved by                       Date Input Data (cont'd):
Outbd                     Outboard PF                         Power Factor Press                     Pressure Prot                       Protection Recirc                     Recirculation Rm                         Room Rx Bldg                   Reactor Building SBGT                     Standby Gas Treatment System Ser                       Service SWGR                       Switchgear Stmn                       Steam Suct                       Suction TB                         Turbine Building Turb                       Turbine UPS                       Uninterruptible Power Supply VIv                        Valve Wtr                        Water Xfmr                        Transformer
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LLaridyL              Design Bases Accident Condition                    Rev.-I IDate X  Safety-Related            Non-Safety-Related        lPage   q.O _q Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                              Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                              Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date Input Data (cont'd):
B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows
( Reference 24 ):
Manufacturer                       Electro - Motive Division (GM)
Model                             A C1 Serial No.                         67 - KI - 1008 Volts                             2400 / 4160 v Currents                           782 / 452 Amps Phase                             3 Power Factor                       0.8 RPM                               900 Frequency                         60 KVA                               3125 Temperature Rise                   850 C Stator - Therm 60 0C Rotor-     Res KVA Peak Rating                   3575 KVA For 2000 HR         YR Temperature Rise                   1050C Stator - Therm 70&deg;C Rotor - Res Insulation Class                   Stator - H Rotor - F Excitation                         Volts - 144 E_                     _           Amps - 100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer         Electro - Motive Division (GM)
Model No.                           S20E4GW Serial No.                         1157
 
              /               Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under           Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 a~5 Lundv"=                         Design Bases Accident Condition                     Rev. I Date X   Safety-Related           Non-Safety-Related         Pe..
Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                 Approved by                                 Date Input Data (cont'd)
C. Dead Load Pickup Capability (Locked Rotor Current) - Generator Reactive Load Vs
                  % Voltage Graph #SC - 5056 by Electro - Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].
This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.
The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in 1 second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12) requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current). The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.
D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).
E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).
F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)
G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)
H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).
I. Table 4: KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).
J. Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).
K. Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.
L.     Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.
M.     Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       002                   PAGE NO. 4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)
N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining %PF and efficiency (Attached).
      ,0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining X/R Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)
Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)
R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)
S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G).
I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14 Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)
U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03 Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)
V. S&L Standard ESI-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)
W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)
X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)
Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)
Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference 20)
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.       9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       003         PAGE NO.     4.0-7   R3 Input Data (cont'd)
AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and QOQA (Reference 60). See Section 2,0     R3 for latest ETAP file.
AB. 125Vdc and 250Vdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)
AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)
AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)
AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)
AF. GE Drawing 992C51 0, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)
AF. GE Drawing 992C51 0, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)
AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)
AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)
Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)
Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)
AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference
AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -
: 61) r-All MII ATInM4 PA(jF CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-8(;.--1 AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).Core Spray Pump 2B 883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)LPCI Pump 2C 639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)LPCI Pump 2D 619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)CCSW Pump 2C 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS, The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)R3 AT, The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)AV, Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)  
Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference 61)
(y CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 5.0-1(;!._4 V ASSUMPTIONS
 
: 1) MCC control transformers (approximately 150VA -200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
r-All MII ATInM4 PA(jF CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                 REVISION       003           PAGE NO. 4.0-8(;.--1 AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).
: 2) The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting.
Core Spray Pump 2B         883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)
This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.3) Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
LPCI Pump 2C               639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)
: 4) When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
LPCI Pump 2D               619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)
: 5) For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
CCSW Pump 2C               575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D               575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS, The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)
: 6) The line break is in Loop "A" and Loop "B" is selected for injection.
R3 AT, The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)
: 7) The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase in speed corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will operate on a different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.Therefore, this assumption is conservative.
AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)
: 8) For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation.
AV,   Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)
Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation.
AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)
Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included.
AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)
This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.
AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)
AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)
 
(y                                             CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         003                 PAGE NO.       5.0-1(;!._4 V   ASSUMPTIONS
: 1)     MCC control transformers (approximately 150VA - 200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
: 2)     The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting. This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.
: 3)     Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
: 4)     When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
: 5)     For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
: 6)     The line break is in Loop "A" and Loop "B"is selected for injection.
: 7)     The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase in speed corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will operate on a different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.
Therefore, this assumption is conservative.
: 8)     For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation. Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation. Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included. This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.
The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.
The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 rg=.". L ..dy. Design Bases Accident Condition -Rv Date X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page &,.0-IF"V'-
 
I I Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.) Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 rg=.". L     ..
2.) For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.
dy.           Design Bases Accident Condition                   -Rv   Date IIX Safety-Related             Non-Safety-Related         Page &,.0-IF"V'-
3.) It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints.
Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date VI.     ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.)   Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.
For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=O-and time t=0+.4.) Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order: a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 7.0-1(('-0 VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria: 1) Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.
2.)   For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.
This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.
3.)   It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints. For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=O-and time t=0+.
4.)   Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order:
a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO.     9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION           003             PAGE NO. 7.0-1(('-0 VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria:
: 1)   Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.
The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.
The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.
Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance.
Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.
If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023 R3 or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.76).EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2 T=10+m, DG2 T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.2) Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.
The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance. If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023   R3 or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.
76).
EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2 T=10+m, DG2 T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)
Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.
: 2)   Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.
Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration.
Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration.
The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits.The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate." The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable." The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ): Service Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)LPCI Pump 2C 5 LPCI Pump 2D 5 Core Spray Pump 2B 5 I I.. I I i.HI Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related page Client CornEd Prepared by Dat Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A. Load Sequencing During LOOPILOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds. This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit).
The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits.
It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.It was found from discussion with ComEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.
The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate.
: 1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:* 2 psig drywell pressure, or* -59" Reactor water level, or* Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or* Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required.
            "   The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable.
Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.
            "   The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ):
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)2) Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B)starts its reset recovery timing.* As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.* 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.
Service                 Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)
LPCI Pump 2C                             5 LPCI Pump 2D                             5 Core Spray Pump 2B                           5
 
                                                                                                        .. I I i.HI I                                                        I Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sage*.*  IL.-ndy*              Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.
X   Safety-Related           Non-Safety-Related         page Client CornEd                                           Prepared by                               Dat Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   Approved by VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A.     Load Sequencing During LOOPILOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds. This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.
This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit). It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.
It was found from discussion with ComEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.
For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.
: 1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:
* 2 psig drywell pressure, or
                      * -59" Reactor water level, or
* Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or
* Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or
* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or
* Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.
Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required. Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION         002                 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)
: 2)     Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B) starts its reset recovery timing.
* As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.
* 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.
10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.
10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.
Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.3) Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64): " Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out.R2" At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B).
Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.
* Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2" After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.
: 3)     Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64):
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2
                    "   Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out.                             R2
.... Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. ate X Safety-Related INon-Safety-Related page 0 -3 Client CorEd Prepared by Date project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads 1) LPCIICC -LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.* CC Service Water pumps are tripped and interlocked off.* The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger; See Section VIII.B.3.iii." LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) -To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.
                    "   At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B).
* Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 388 are interlocked closed.* With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.* LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets." LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.* LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B)  
* Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2
-To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.R2 2) Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal: 0 High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,* Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or.Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.ii) The following valves respond to initiation of core spray:* Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B -This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically
                  "     After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.
* Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B -This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.* Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B -This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.* Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B -This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.
After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B -This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.3) CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger.
 
One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Lundy*....               Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.       ate X Safety-Related             INon-Safety-Related         page     0 -3 Client CorEd                                                 Prepared by                             Date project Dresden Station Unit 2                               Reviewed by                             Date Proj. No. 9389-46               Equip. No.                   Approved by                             Date B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads
The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.
: 1) LPCIICC - LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).
i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.ii) According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required j R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]
LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).
before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated I R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger.
i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.
The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.
* CC Service Water pumps are tripped and interlocked off.
* The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger; See Section VIII.B.3.iii.
                      " LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) - To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.
* Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 388 are interlocked closed.
* With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.
* LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets.
                      " LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.
* LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B) - To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                   REVISION       002                 PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.
R2
: 2)     Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.
i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal:
0     High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,
* Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or
                .     Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.
ii)The following valves respond to initiation of core spray:
* Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B - This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically
* Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B - This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
* Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B - This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
* Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B - This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION       002                   PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B - This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.
: 3)   CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger. One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger. The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.
i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.
ii)According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required         j R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]
before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated             I R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.
iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger. The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.
As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.
As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.
: 4) Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity.
: 4)   Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)
The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.
The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity. The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.
All, Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2L-undy"v-Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X ISafety-Related 11 iNon-Safety-Related  
 
-Page ,' -Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:
All,                 Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 6'gce*V    L-undy"v-               Design Bases Accident Condition                   Rev.     Date X ISafety-Related       11   iNon-Safety-Related   -     Page     ,' -
1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)b. High radiation on refuel floor (100mr/hr)
Client CornEd                                               Prepared by                               Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                               Reviewed by                               Date Proj. No. 9389-46             Equip. No.                   Approved by                               Date The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:
: c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr)2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than, the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity.
1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby
Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation.
: a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)
Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation.
: b. High radiation on refuel floor (100mr/hr)
Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation.
: c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)
SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment.
: d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)
The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.
: e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr) 2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than, the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 ESd'q 8-MI Design Bases Accident Condition  
Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation. Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation. SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.
~ Rev. I IDate X I Safety-Related INon-Safety-Related JPage 0-7 F,, .Client CornEd Prepared by .Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by ,Date-Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.[Approved by Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows: 1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.5.) If Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.
: 5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment. The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.
 
Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under         Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 ESd'q               8-MI         Design Bases Accident Condition       ~           Rev. I IDate X   I Safety-Related         INon-Safety-Related       JPage   *. 0-7 F,,   .
Client CornEd                                             Prepared by           .Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2                           Reviewed by         ,Date
-Proj. No. 9389-46           Equip. No.                   [Approved by                               Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows:
1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.
2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.
3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.
4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.
5.) If Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.
6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.
For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.
For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:
 
CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2                                     REVISION         002                   PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:
There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:
There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:
: 1) Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)2) Safe Shutdown Due to Fire 3) LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG: 0 Table 1 a ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed IR2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing.
: 1)    Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)
Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading.For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the
: 2)    Safe Shutdown Due to Fire
: 3)    LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.
B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG:
0      Table 1 a      ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically          R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).
The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed  IR2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing. Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading.
For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the        R2 steady state load of all running and starting services for the starting step being analyzed.
The ETAP model was revised to mimic the ELMS-AC data files that were part of the calculation prior to Revision 002. Scenarios were created in ETAP to model the various loading steps in the DG load profile as loads are energized and de-energized.
The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. All scenarios use loading category "DG Loading". This loading category was created by duplicating                  R2 loading category "Condition 3". In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in the "DG Loading" category. Ifthe bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile. No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==


E Revision:  
Revision: ---D9 0----         C-1       -f           P
--- D9 0---- C-1 -f P FIGURE 2 -DG AUXILIARIES AND OTHER 4kV AND 480V LOADS 10+..min (Os) 0S 53 lOs 10+ min 10++ mm i ad No. Load Description Bus No.120=208V Distr Xfmr 29-8 29-8 2/3-9400-102 Control Room Standby AC 29-8 2/3-9400-104 Control Room AFU Booster Fan A 29-8 2/3-9400-100 Control Room Standby AHU 29-8 2/3-9400-101 Control Room AFU Heater 29-8 213-7505A Stand-by Gas Treatment Inlet Damper 2/3A 29-9 2/3-7504A Stand-by Gas Treatment Outside Air Supply 29-9 Damper 23A 2/3-A-7503 Stand-by Gas Treatment Air Heater 2/3A 29-9 2t3-7507A Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan Discharge 29-9 Damper 2/3A 2/3-A-7506 Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan 2M3A 29-9-, , , , ,-,, i lll_ _ _ _ _(0s) -0 seconds after closing of DG Breaker Os -0 seconds after UV reset 5s -5 seconds after UV reset 10s -10 seconds after UV reset 10+min -All loads that automatically stop before 10 minutes are shown off and first CCSW Pump is started with its Auxiliaries.
 
10++min -The second CCSW Pump is started.10++ramin  
FIGURE 2 - DG AUXILIARIES AND OTHER 4kV AND 480V LOADS 10+..
-Both CCSW Pumps are running and Control Room HVAC is started.DG2EXCEL.XLS Load v. Time (fig 2)9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page  Proj. No. 9389-46 Attachment F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports -Nominal Voltage Scenario DG2_BkrCi DG2_UVRst DG2_T=5sec DG2T= 10sec DG2_T=10-min DG2_T= 0+min DG2_T=10++m DG2_CR_HVAC Page #1s F2-F15 F16-F29 F30-F44 F45-F59 F60-F73 F74-F87 F88-F1Ol F1 02-Fl 16 Calculation:
(Os)       0S   53       lOs           10+ min   10++ mm min iad No.       Load Description                         Bus No.
9389-46-19-2
120=208V Distr Xfmr 29-8                   29-8 2/3-9400-102   Control Room Standby AC                     29-8 2/3-9400-104   Control Room AFU Booster Fan A             29-8           i lll_                                                    _ _ _ _
2/3-9400-100   Control Room Standby AHU                   29-8 2/3-9400-101   Control Room AFU Heater                     29-8 213-7505A       Stand-by Gas Treatment Inlet Damper 2/3A   29-9 2/3-7504A       Stand-by Gas Treatment Outside Air Supply   29-9 Damper 23A 2/3-A-7503     Stand-by Gas Treatment Air Heater 2/3A     29-9 2t3-7507A       Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan Discharge       29-9 Damper 2/3A 2/3-A-7506     Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan 2M3A             29-9 (0s) - 0 seconds after closing of DG Breaker             10+min - All loads that automatically stop before 10 minutes Os - 0 seconds after UV reset                            are shown off and first CCSW Pump is started with its Auxiliaries.
5s - 5 seconds after UV reset                            10++min - The second CCSW Pump is started.
10s - 10 seconds after UV reset                          10++ramin - Both CCSW Pumps are running and Control Room HVAC is started.
9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 DG2EXCEL.XLS                                                                                                         Page E2Ifi'*AL Load v. Time (fig 2)                                                                                       Proj. No. 9389-46
 
Attachment F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage Scenario                                           Page #1s DG2_BkrCi                                           F2-F15 DG2_UVRst                                         F16-F29 DG2_T=5sec                                         F30-F44 DG2T= 10sec                                       F45-F59 DG2_T=10-min                                       F60-F73 DG2_T= 0+min                                       F74-F87 DG2_T=10++m                                     F88-F1Ol DG2_CR_HVAC                                    F1 02-Fl 16 Calculation: 9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:    003.
Page      F1  of    F116


F Revision:
ETAP                                              Page:         8
003.Page F1 of F116
*"rojcctz     Dresden Unit2 5.5.ON                                           Date:         03-01-2007
*"rojcctz Dresden Unit2.,ocation:
.,ocation:    OTI Contract:                                                                                                                                  SN:           WASHTNGRPN Engineer      OTI                                                                                                                        Revision: Base Study Case: DG0 CCSW Filename'      DRE Unit2_0004                                                                                                              Config.:     DG2 Bkr Cl Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage           Generation               Load                              Load Flow                                    XFMR ID                 kV       kV       Ang.'     MW         Mvar       MW         MWar                 ID           MW       Mvar       Amp       %PF     %Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL           0,480    0.481      -1.6          0          0    0.038      0.028 480V SWGR 29               -0.038    -0.028        56.5      80,5 4KV SWOR 24-1                  4.160    4.158        0.0          0          0          0          0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29      0,414      0.284        69.7    82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL            -0.414    -0,284        69.7    82.4 125V DC CHOR 2                0.480     0.463     -0.8           0          0    0.034      0.028 480V MCC 29-2              -0.034    -0.028        55.0     77.2 250V DC CHGR 2/3              0.480     0.467      -1.3          0          0   0,066      0055    480V MCC 29.2            -0.066    -0.055      106.1     76.9 480V MCC 28-7                  0.480     0,479     -4.5          0          0    0.014      0.009 480V MCC 29-7              -0.014    -0.009        20.2    85.1 480V MCC 29-1                 0.480     0.479      -1.6           0         0   0.044      0.011    KR 29-4C BIFURC        -0.044    -0.011        54.2     96.9 480V MCC 29-2                 0.480    0.472      -1.6          0         0     0,105       0.103   BKR 29-3D BIFURC         -0.207    -0.187      340.9      74.3 250V DC CHGR 2/3         0.067      0,055      106.1      77,2 125V DC CHGR 2           0.035    0.028        55.0     78.1 180V MCC 29-4                  0.480    0.480      -1,6          0         0     0.027      0.002    BKR 29-3D BIFURC        -0.027    -0.002        32.7      99,7 480V MCC 29-7                   0A480    0.479      -1.6          0         0     0.021      0.013    480V MCC 28-7            0.014      0.009        20.2    85,1 480V SWGR 29            -0.036    -0.022        50,3    85.4 480V MCC 29-8                  0.480    0.481      -1.6          0         0         0         0 480V SWGR 29              0.000      0.000          0.0      0.0 480V MCC 29-9                  0.480      0.479      -1.7          0         0     0.056      0.013    BKR 29-4C BIIUJRC      -0.056     -0.013       69.4    97.3 0.480    0.481      -1.6          0         0         0         0 BKR 29-3D B[FURC          0.238      0.192      367.4      77.8 480V SWGR 29 480V MCC 29-7            0.036      0.022        50.3    85.4 480V MCC 29-8            0.000    0,000          0.0     0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC          0.100     0.025       123.6      97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL    0.038      0.028        56.5     80.5 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29    -0.411    -0.267      589.0      83.9 BKR 29-3D BIPURC                0.480    0.481      -1.6          0        0          0          0 480V MCC 29-2             0.211      0.190      340.9     74.3 480V MCC 29-4            0.027      0.002        32.7     99.7 480V SWGR 29            -0,238    -0.192      367.4     77.8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC                0.480    0.481      -1.6          0         0         0         0 480V MCC 29-1             0,044    0.011        54.2     96.8 480V MCC 29-9            0.056    0.014        69.4     97.2 480V SWGR 29            -0.100    -0.025      123.6     97.1 DG 2 TERMINAL                  4.160    4.160      0.0     0.4 14     0.285           0         0 4KV SWOR 24-1             0.414      0.285        69,7    82.4 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29            4.160    4.157        0.0          0         0         0           0 4KV SWOR 24-1           -0.414    -0.284        69.7    824 480V SWGR 29             0.414      0.284        69,7    82.4     -2.500
OTI Contract: Engineer OTI Filename' DRE Unit2_0004 ETAP 5.5.ON Study Case: DG0 CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voitage controlled or swing type machine connected to i1 4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of mote thanO. I MVA Calculation:         9389-46-19-2
Base Config.: DG2 Bkr Cl Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load ID kV kV Ang.' MW Mvar MW MWar Load Flow XFMR ID MW Mvar Amp %PF %Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWOR 24-1 125V DC CHOR 2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2 180V MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-3D BIPURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC DG 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29 0,480 0.481 -1.6 4.160 4.158 0.0 0.480 0.463 -0.8 0.480 0.467 -1.3 0.480 0,479 -4.5 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0.480 0.472 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1,6 0A480 0.479 -1.6 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DG 2 TERMINAL 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0 0,066 0055 480V MCC 29.2 0 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 0 0.044 0.011 KR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0,105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0.027 0.002 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0.056 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIIUJRC 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D B[FURC 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8-0.038 -0.028 0,414 0.284-0.414 -0,284-0.034 -0.028-0.066 -0.055-0.014 -0.009-0.044 -0.011-0.207 -0.187 0.067 0,055 0.035 0.028-0.027 -0.002 0.014 0.009-0.036 -0.022 0.000 0.000-0.056 -0.013 0.238 0.192 0.036 0.022 0.000 0,000 0.100 0.025 0.038 0.028-0.411 -0.267 0.211 0.190 0.027 0.002-0,238 -0.192 0,044 0.011 0.056 0.014-0.100 -0.025 0.414 0.285-0.414 -0.284 0.414 0.284 56.5 80,5 69.7 82.4 69.7 82.4 55.0 77.2 106.1 76.9 20.2 85.1 54.2 96.9 340.9 74.3 106.1 77,2 55.0 78.1 32.7 99,7 20.2 85,1 50,3 85.4 0.0 0.0 69.4 97.3 367.4 77.8 50.3 85.4 0.0 0.0 123.6 97.1 56.5 80.5 589.0 83.9 340.9 74.3 32.7 99.7 367.4 77.8 54.2 96.8 69.4 97.2 123.6 97.1 69,7 82.4 69.7 824 69,7 82.4 -2.500 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 14 0.285 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 480V SWGR 29 4.160 4.160 0.0 0.4 4.160 4.157 0.0* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voitage controlled or swing type machine connected to i1 4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of mote thanO. I MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:              003 Page          F9        of        F116


F Revision:
ETAP                                                Page:         8
003 Page F9 of F116
.roject:       Dresden Unit2
.roject: Dresden Unit2..ocation: OTI Contract: Engineer OTI Filcname:
..ocation:     OTI                                                                                                                           Date:         03-01-2007 Contract:                                                                                                                                    SN:           WASHTTNGRPN Engineer      OTI                                                                                                                          Revision: Base Study Case: DG_0CCSW Filcname:      DRE Unit2_0004                                                                                                                Config.:     DG2_UVRst Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage           Generation                 Load                                 Load Flow                                     XFMR ID                 kV       kV       Ang.     MW       Mvar       MW         Mva                   ID             MW         Mvar       Amp         % PF     % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL           0,480    0.480      -1.6          0        0    0.038      0,028      480V SWGR 29             -0.038    -0.028        56.5    80.5 4KV SWGR 24-1                   4.160   4.155       0.0         0        0    0.520      0.252 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29          0.418      0.287        70.5      82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL          -0.938      -0.539      150.3      86.7 125V DC CHGR 2                  0.480   0.463      -08            0        0    0.034      0.028 480V MCC 29-2                -0.034      -0.028        55.0     77.3 250V DC CHGR 213                0.480   0.467      -1.4          0        0     0.066      0.055 480V MCC 29-2                -04066      -0.055      106.1     77.0 480V MCC 28-7                  0.480   0,478      .1.6           0        0     0.014      0.009 480V MCC 29-7                -0.014    -0,009        20.2    85.1 480V MCC 29-1                  0.480    0.479      6          0         0   0.044        0.011    BKR 29-4C BIFURC        -0.044    -0,011        54.2    96.9 480V MCC 29-2                   0.480    0.472      -1.6          0         0     0.105        0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC             -0.207    -0.186      341.0     74.3 250V DC CHGR 2/3          0.067      0.055      106.1      77.3 125V DC CHGR 2           0.035      0.028        55.0      78.1 180V MCC 29-4                  0.480    0.479      -1.6          0         0     0.031       0,005     BKR 29-3D BIFU.C       -0.031      -0.005      .38.4      98.8 480V MCC 29-7                   0.480    0.478      -j.6          0         0     0.021      0.013 480V MCC 28-7                 0.014      0.009        20.2     85.1 480V SWGR 29             -0.036      -0.022        50.3    85.4 480V MCC 20-8                  0.480    0.480      -1.6          0         0           0           0   480V SWGR 29             0.000      0.000        0.0      0.0 480V MCC 29-9                  0.480    0,478      -1.7          0        0     0.056      0.013 B1KR 29-4C BIFIRC            -0,056    -0.013        69,4      97.3 480V SWGR 29                    0.480    0,480      -1.6          0         0           0           0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC            0.242      0.195      373.8      77.9 490V MCC 29-7            0.036       0.022       50.3      85.4 480V MCC 29-8            0.000      0.000          0.0     0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC        0.100       0.025       123.6    97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL      0.038       0.028       56.5    80.5 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29    -0.416     -0.269       595.5      83.9 BKR 29-30 BIFURC                0.480    0.480      -1.6          0         0         0           0 480V MCC 29-2              0.211      0,190      341.0     74.3 480V MCC 29-4            0.032      0,005        38.4      98.8 480V SWGR 29            -0.242      -0.195      373.8      77.9 BKR 29.4C BIFURC                0.480    0.480      -1.6          0        0          0          0   480V MCC 29-1           0,044      0,011        54.2     96.8 480V MCC 29-9           0.056      0.014        69.4    97.2 480V SWGR 29            -0.100    -0.025      123.6      97.1 1DG2 TERMINAL                    4 160    4,160      0.0     0,939      0.540          0           0 4KV SWGR 24-I              0.939      0.540      150.3     86.7 HIGH SIDE OF XTM;IR 29          4.160    4.155      0.0          0        0          0            0 4KV SWOR 24-1             -0.418    -0.287        70.5     82.4 480V SWGR 29            0.418      0.287        705       82.4     -2.500
DRE Unit2_0004 ETAP Study Case: DG_0CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTTNGRPN Revision:
* Indicates a voltage regulated Ius( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to i)
Base Config.: DG2_UVRst Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mva ID MW Mvar Amp % PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24-1 125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 213 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2 180V MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 20-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-30 BIFURC BKR 29.4C BIFURC 1DG 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF XTM;IR 29 0,480 0.480 -1.6 4.160 4.155 0.0 0.480 0.463 -08 0.480 0.467 -1.4 0.480 0,478 .1.6 0.480 0.479 6 0.480 0.472 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0.480 0.478 -j.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0,478 -1.7 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 4 160 4,160 0.0 4.160 4.155 0.0 0 0 0 0.038 0,028 480V SWGR 29 0 0.520 0.252 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DG 2 TERMINAL 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0.066 0.055 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 0 0 0.044 0.011 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0.105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0 0.031 0,005 BKR 29-3D BIFU.C 0 0 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0.056 0.013 B1KR 29-4C BIFIRC 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 490V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 0,939 0.540 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-I 0 0 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 480V SWGR 29-0.038 -0.028 0.418 0.287-0.938 -0.539-0.034 -0.028-04066 -0.055-0.014 -0,009-0.044 -0,011-0.207 -0.186 0.067 0.055 0.035 0.028-0.031 -0.005 0.014 0.009-0.036 -0.022 0.000 0.000-0,056 -0.013 0.242 0.195 0.036 0.022 0.000 0.000 0.100 0.025 0.038 0.028-0.416 -0.269 0.211 0,190 0.032 0,005-0.242 -0.195 0,044 0,011 0.056 0.014-0.100 -0.025 0.939 0.540-0.418 -0.287 0.418 0.287 56.5 80.5 70.5 82.4 150.3 86.7 55.0 77.3 106.1 77.0 20.2 85.1 54.2 96.9 341.0 74.3 106.1 77.3 55.0 78.1.38.4 98.8 20.2 85.1 50.3 85.4 0.0 0.0 69,4 97.3 373.8 77.9 50.3 85.4 0.0 0.0 123.6 97.1 56.5 80.5 595.5 83.9 341.0 74.3 38.4 98.8 373.8 77.9 54.2 96.8 69.4 97.2 123.6 97.1 150.3 86.7 70.5 82.4 705 82.4 -2.500* Indicates a voltage regulated Ius( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to i)-4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
-4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:              003 Page          F23 of                F116


F Revision:
ject       Dresden Unit2 ETAP                                                Page:          8 Location:     OTI                                                                       C.5:ON                                             Date:         03-01-2007 Contract                                                                                                                                    SN:           WASHTNGRPN Engineer      OTI                                                          Study Case; DO_0_CCSW                                          Revision:     Base Filename:      DR.E Unit2_0004                                                                                                              Config.:     DG2jT=5sec Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI. This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage           Generation               Load                               Load Flow                                     XFNlR ID                   kV       kV       Ang.     MW       Mvar       MW         Mvar                 ID           MW         Mvar       Amp       % PF     % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL           0,480    0.480        -1.6        0        0    0.038      0.028 480V SWGR 29               -0.038      -0.028        56.5      80.6 4KV SWGR 24-1                   4.160     4.153       0,11         0        0    1,025      0.496 HIGH SIDE OF XFIvMR 29      0.418        0,287        70.5    82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL          -1.443      -0.783      228.2      87,9 125V DC CHOR 2                  0.480     0.462        -0.9        0        0    0.034      0.028 480V MCC 29-2              -0.034      -0.028        55.0     77.3 250V DC CHGR 2.3                0.480     0.467      -1.4          0        0    0.066      0,055 480V MCC 29-2              -0.066      -0,055      106.1     77.0 480V MCC 28-7                   0.480   0.478       -1.6         0         0     0.014      0.009 480V MCC 29-7              -0.014      -0.009        20.3      85.1 480V MCC 29-1                   0.480   0.479        -1.7          0         0     0.044      0.011    BKR 29,4C BIFURC        -0.044      -0.011        54.2     %6.9 480VIMCC 29-2'                  0.480    0.471        -1.7         0         0   0,105       0.103   BKR 29-3D BIFURC         -0.207      -0,186      341.1      74.4 250V DC CHGR 2/3          0.067      0,055      106.1      77.3 125V DC CHGR2           0,035        0,028        55,0     78.2
003 Page F23 of F116 ject Dresden Unit2 Location:
'    *ov MCC 29-4                  0,480    0.479      -1.7         0         0     0.031      0.005    BKR 29-3D1BIFURC        -0.031      -0.005        38.4    98.8 480V MCC 29-7                    0,480    0.478      -1,6 0        0    0.021      0.013    480V MCC 28-7            0.014        0.009        20.3    85.1 480V SWGR 29            -0.036      -0,022        50,4    85.4 480V MCC 29-8                  0.480    0.480      -1.6          0         0         0           0 480V SWGR 29              0.000      0,000          0,0       0.0 480V MCC 29-9                  0.480    0.478      -1.8          0         0     0.056      0,013    8KR 29-4C SIFURC        -0.056     -0.013       69.4      97.3 480V SWGR 29                    0.480    0.480      -1.6 0         0         0           0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC          0.242      0.195      373.9      77,9 480V MCC 29-7            0.036      0.022        50.4      85. 4 480V MCC 29-8            0.000      0.000          0.0     0.0 BKR 29-4C 8IFURC          0.100     0.025       123.6      97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL    0.038      0.028        56,5     80.6 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29    *0.416      -0.269      595.6      83.9 BKR 29-3D)BIFURC              0,480    0.480      -1.6          0        0          0          0 480V MCC 29-2              0.211  . 0.190      341.1     74.3 480V MCC 29-4             0.032      0.005        38.4     98.7 480V SWGR 29            -0.242      -0 195      373,9       77.9 BKR 29-4C BIFURC                0.480    0.480      -1.6.       0          0          0          0 480VMCC 29-1               0.044      0.011        54.2     96.8 480V MCC 29-9            0.056      0,014        69.4     97.2 490V SWGR 29            -0.100      -0,025      123.6     97.1 DG 2 TERMINAL                  4,160    4.160        0.0    1.444    0.786          0         0   4KV SWGR 24-1             1.444     0.786       228.2      878 HIG H SIDE OF XFMR 29          4.160   4.152       -0.1         0         0         0           0 4KV SWGR 24-1             -0,418      -0.287        70.5      82.4 490V SWGR 29             0.418      0.287        70.5      82.4    -2.500
OTI Contract Engineer OTI Filename:
* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to il
DR.E Unit2_0004 ETAP C .5: ON Study Case; DO_0_CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
  # Indicates a bus with a load rnismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2
Base Config.: DG2jT=5sec Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI. This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFNlR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp % PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24-1 125V DC CHOR 2 250V DC CHGR 2.3 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480VIMCC 29-2'' MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-3D )BIFURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC DG 2 TERMINAL HIG H SIDE OF XFMR 29 0,480 0.480 -1.6 4.160 4.153 0,11 0.480 0.462 -0.9 0.480 0.467 -1.4 0.480 0.478 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0.480 0.471 -1.7 0,480 0.479 -1.7 0,480 0.478 -1,6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.478 -1.8 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 1,025 0.496 HIGH SIDE OF XFIvMR 29 DG 2 TERMINAL 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0.066 0,055 480V MCC 29-2 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 0.044 0.011 BKR 29,4C BIFURC 0,105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR2 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D1BIFURC 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.056 0,013 8KR 29-4C SIFURC 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0-0.038 -0.028 0.418 0,287-1.443 -0.783-0.034 -0.028-0.066 -0,055-0.014 -0.009-0.044 -0.011-0.207 -0,186 0.067 0,055 0,035 0,028-0.031 -0.005 0.014 0.009-0.036 -0,022 0.000 0,000-0.056 -0.013 0.242 0.195 0.036 0.022 0.000 0.000 0.100 0.025 0.038 0.028*0.416 -0.269 0.211 .0.190 0.032 0.005-0.242 -0 195 0.044 0.011 0.056 0,014-0.100 -0,025 1.444 0.786-0,418 -0.287 0.418 0.287 56.5 80.6 70.5 82.4 228.2 87,9 55.0 77.3 106.1 77.0 20.3 85.1 54.2 %6.9 341.1 74.4 106.1 77.3 55,0 78.2 38.4 98.8 20.3 85.1 50,4 85.4 0,0 0.0 69.4 97.3 373.9 77,9 50.4 85. 4 0.0 0.0 123.6 97.1 56,5 80.6 595.6 83.9 341.1 74.3 38.4 98.7 373,9 77.9 54.2 96.8 69.4 97.2 123.6 97.1 228.2 878 70.5 82.4 70.5 82.4 -2.500 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C 8IFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480VMCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 490V SWGR 29 4,160 4.160 0.0 1.444 0.786 4.160 4.152 -0.1 0 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 490V SWGR 29* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to il# Indicates a bus with a load rnismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:                003 Page          F37 of                F116


F Revision:
ETAP
003 Page F37 of F116
  "'roject:     Dresden Unit2                                                                                                                   Page:        8 o.ocation:   OTI                                                                       5.5.ON                                               Date:       03-01-2007 Contract:                                                                                                                                      SN:         WASHTNGRPN Engineer      OTT                                                                                                                            Revision: Base Study Case: DG_0_CCSW Filename:      DREUnit2_0004                                                                                                                  Configo:     DG2_T= I0sec Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event, LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                       Voltage           Generation                 Load                                   Load Flow                                    XFMR ID                 kV       kV     Ang.     MW         Mvar       MW         MWar                 ID               MW        Mvar      Amp        % PF      % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL           0480      0.479      -1.8           0        0    0.038      0.028 480V SWGR 29                   -0.038    -0.028      565      80,7 4KV SWGR 24-1                   4.160     4.150     -0.1           0         0     1.738      0.796    HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29        0,448      0,304      75.4      82.7 DO 2 TERMINAL              -2.186    -1.101      340.6      89.3 125V DC CHGR 2                0.480     0.460      -L.1           0         0     0.034      0.028 480V MCC 29-2                  -0.034    -0.028        55.0     77.6 250V DC CHGR 2/3                0.480     0,465      -1.6          0         0     0.066      0.054    480V MCC 29-2              -0.066    -0.054      106.2     773 480V MCC 28-7                  0.480    0.477      -1.8          0        0     0.014       0,009 480V MCC 29-7                 -0.014    -0.009        20.3     85.1 480V MCC 29-1                  0,480      0477      -1.8          0         0     0.047      0.013   BKR 29-4C BIFURC           -0.047    -0.013        59.2     96.1 480V MCC 29-2                  0.480    0.469      -1.9          0         0   0.131        0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC              -0.233     -0.198     376.0     76.2 250V DC CHGR 2/3            0.067     0.054     106.2     77.6 125V DC CHGR 2              0.035     0.028       55.0     78.5
"'roject:
    ;80V MCC 29-4                  0.480    0.478      -1.8          0        0    0.031      0.005    BKR 29-3D BIFJRC          -0.031   -0.005       38.5     98.7 480V MCC 29-7                  0.480    0.477    . -1,8          0        0    0,021      0.013 480V MCC 28-7                  0A014     0009         20.3     85.1 480V SWGR 29                -0.036   -0.022       50.5     85.4 480V MCC 29-8                  0.480    0.479      -[.B          0        0          0          0 480V SWGR 29                  0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-9                  0.480    0,477      -1,9          0        0    0.056       0.013    BKR 29-4C BIFURC            -0,056    -0.013       69.4     97.3 480V SWGR 29                    0.480    0.479      -1.8          0        0          0          0 BKR 29-3D18FURC              0.269     0,207     409.4     79.2 480V MCC 29-7              0.036     0.022       50,5     85.4 480V MCC 29-8              0.000     0.000         0,0     0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC            0.103     0.027       128.5     96.7 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL        0.038     0.028       56.5     80.7 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29        -0.446   -0.284     637.1     84.3 8KR 29-3) BIFURC                0.480    0.479      -I.                      0          0          0 480V MCC 29-2                  0.237     0.202     376.0     76.1 480V MCC 29-4              0.032     0,005       38.5     98.7 480V SWGR 29              -0.269     -0.207     409.4       79,2 BKR 29-4C BIFURC                0.480    0.179      -1.8          0          0          0          0  480VIMCC29-1                0.047     0.014       59.2     96.1 480V MCC 29-9                0.056     0,014       69.4     97.2 480V SWGR 29                -0.103   -0.027     128.5     96.7
Dresden Unit2 o.ocation:
*DG 2 TERMINAL                    4.160    4.160      o.0      2.l90      1.10          0          0  4KV SWGR24-l                2.190     1,107     3.40.6     892 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29            4.160    4.149      -0.1          0        0          0          0 4KVSWGR24-1                  -0,448     -0.304       75.4     82,7 480V SWGR 29                0.448     0.304       75.4     82. 7     -2.500
OTI Contract: Engineer OTT Filename:
* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ij 4 Indi.;ates a bis with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2
DREUnit2_0004 ETAP 5.5.ON Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
Base Configo: DG2_T= I 0sec Study Case: DG_0_CCSW Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event, LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW MWar ID 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24-1 125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2;80V MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 8KR 29-3) BIFURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0480 0.479 -1.8 4.160 4.150 -0.1 0.480 0.460 -L.1 0.480 0,465 -1.6 0.480 0.477 -1.8 0,480 0477 -1.8 0.480 0.469 -1.9 0.480 0.478 -1.8 0.480 0.477 .-1,8 0.480 0.479 -[.B 0.480 0,477 -1,9 0.480 0.479 -1.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 0 1.738 0.796 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DO 2 TERMINAL 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0 0.066 0.054 480V MCC 29-2 0 0.014 0,009 480V MCC 29-7 0 0.047 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0.131 0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFJRC 0 0,021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0.056 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D1 8FURC 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 480VIMCC29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 0 0 4KV SWGR24-l 0 0 0 4KVSWGR24-1 480V SWGR 29 Load Flow XFMR MW Mvar Amp % PF % Tap-0.038 -0.028 565 80,7 0,448 0,304 75.4 82.7-2.186 -1.101 340.6 89.3-0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.6-0.066 -0.054 106.2 773-0.014 -0.009 20.3 85.1-0.047 -0.013 59.2 96.1-0.233 -0.198 376.0 76.2 0.067 0.054 106.2 77.6 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.5-0.031 -0.005 38.5 98.7 0A014 0009 20.3 85.1-0.036 -0.022 50.5 85.4 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0-0,056 -0.013 69.4 97.3 0.269 0,207 409.4 79.2 0.036 0.022 50,5 85.4 0.000 0.000 0,0 0.0 0.103 0.027 128.5 96.7 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.7-0.446 -0.284 637.1 84.3 0.237 0.202 376.0 76.1 0.032 0,005 38.5 98.7-0.269 -0.207 409.4 79,2 0.047 0.014 59.2 96.1 0.056 0,014 69.4 97.2-0.103 -0.027 128.5 96.7 2.190 1,107 3.40.6 892-0,448 -0.304 75.4 82, 7 0.448 0.304 75.4 82. 7 -2.500 0.480 0.479 -I.0.480 0.179 -1.8 0*DG 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4.160 o.0 2.l90 1.10 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 4.160 4.149 -0.1 0* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ij 4 Indi.;ates a bis with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:            003 Page        F52 of              F116


F Revision:
ETAP                                              Page:     8
003 Page F52 of F116
  -)ject       Dresden Unit2 S .s.0N                                           Date:     03-01-2007
-)ject Dresden Unit2-6cation:
-6cation:      OTI SN:       WASHTNGRPN Contract:
OTI Contract: Engineer OTI Filenam.:
Revision: Base Engineer      OTI                                                          Study Case: DC_0_CCSW Config.:   DG2_T=10-m Filenam.:      DRE Unit2_0004 Conveened from ELMS PLUS than 10 min into event Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less LOAD FLOW REPORT Load Flow                            XFMR Bus                       Voltage           Generation               Load ID         MW      MWar      Amp    % PF  % Tap kV       kV       Ang.       MW       Mvar       MW           Mvar ID 0.028 480V SWGR 29           -0.038    -0.028      56.5  80.5 0.480   0.480     -1.6          0          0     0.038 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.796 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29    0.396    0268      66.5  82.8 4.150      -0.1           0         0     1.738 4KV SWGR 24-1                   4.160 DG 2 TERINAL            -2.134    -1.065    331.7    89.5 0.034        0.028 480V MCC 29-2          -0.034    -0.028      55.0   77.4 0.462      -0.9          0         0 125V DC CHGR 2                 0.480 480V MCC 29-2           -0.066   -0.055     106.1  77.1 0,466      -1.4          0         0     0.066        0.055 250V DC CHGR 213                0.480 0 490V MCC 29.7           0.000    0.000      0.0   0.0 0.480    0.480    -1.6          0         0         0 480V MCC 28-7 0.007 8KR 29.4C BIFURC       -0,036    40.007      44.3  98.3 0.480    0.479      -1.6          0         0     0.036 480V MCC 29-1 0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC        -0,233    -0.199    375.5   76.1 0.480    0.471    -1.6          0         0     0.131 480V MCC 29-2 250V DC CHiGR 2'3       0.067     0.055     106,1   77.4 125V DC CHGR 2          0.035     0,028     55.0   78.3 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFUIRC      -0.032   -0.005     38.7   98.7 0.480    0.480      -1.6          0          0    0.032 180V MCC 29-4 0            0 4S0V MCC 28-7            0.000     0.000       0.0   0.0 0.480    0.480    -1.6          0          0 480V MCC 29-7 490V SWGR 29            0.000       W 0.000       0.0   0.0 0 480V SWGR 29            0,000     0.000       0.0   0.0 0.480    0,480    -1.6          0          0          0 480V MCC 29-8 0.009 BKR 29-4C BIFURC        -0.050   -0.009     61.4 98.3 0.480    0.479      -1.7          0          0    0.050 480V MCC 29-9 0.269     0.208   .409.1   79.1 0.480    -1.6          0          0          0            0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 480V SWGR 29                    0.480 480V MCC 29-7            0.000   0.000       0.0   0.0 480V MCC 29-8            0.000     0.000       0,0   0,0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC        0,086     0.016     105.7   98.3 0.038     0.028       56.5 80.5 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29    -0.394   -0.252     561.9   84,2 0 -OV MCC 29-2            0.238     0.203     375.5   76.1 0.480    0.480      -1.6          0          0          0 BKR 2-9-3D BIFURC 48OV MCC 29-4            0.032   0.005     38.7   98.7 480V SWGR 29          -0.269   -0.208     409.1   79.1 0.036     0.007     44.3   98.3 0,480    0.480      -16          0          0          0            0 480V MCC 29-1 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 490V MCC 29-9          0.050     0.010     61,4   98.2 480V SWGR29            -0.086   -0016     105.7   98.3 0 4KV SWGR 24-1          2.137     1.071   331.7   89.4 4.160    4A60        0.0      2.137      1,071,        0 DXG2 TERMINAL 0 4KV SWGR24-1          -0.396   -0268       66,5   82.8 4.160    4.150      -0.1          0          0          0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29 480V SWGR 29            0.396     0.268     66.5   82.8   -2.500 to it
DRE Unit2_0004 ETAP S .s.0N Study Case: DC_0_CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected 4#Indicates a bus with a load mismatch or more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2
Base Config.: DG2_T=10-m Conveened from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW MWar Amp % PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24-1 125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 213 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2 180V MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 2-9-3D BIFURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC DXG 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29 0.480 0.480 -1.6 4.160 4.150 -0.1 0.480 0.462 -0.9 0.480 0,466 -1.4 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0.480 0.471 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0,480 0.480 -16 4.160 4A60 0.0 4.160 4.150 -0.1 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 0 0 1.738 0.796 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DG 2 TERINAL 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0.066 0.055 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0 0 490V MCC 29.7 0 0 0.036 0.007 8KR 29.4C BIFURC 0 0 0.131 0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHiGR 2'3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0 0.032 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFUIRC 0 0 0 0 4S0V MCC 28-7 490V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0.050 0.009 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 -OV MCC 29-2 48OV MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 490V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR29 2.137 1,071, 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR24-1 480V SWGR 29-0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.5 0.396 0268 66.5 82.8-2.134 -1.065 331.7 89.5-0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.4-0.066 -0.055 106.1 77.1 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0-0,036 40.007 44.3 98.3-0,233 -0.199 375.5 76.1 0.067 0.055 106,1 77.4 0.035 0,028 55.0 78.3-0.032 -0.005 38.7 98.7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 W 0.0 0.0 0,000 0.000 0.0 0.0-0.050 -0.009 61.4 98.3 0.269 0.208 .409.1 79.1 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0,0 0,0 0,086 0.016 105.7 98.3 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.5-0.394 -0.252 561.9 84,2 0.238 0.203 375.5 76.1 0.032 0.005 38.7 98.7-0.269 -0.208 409.1 79.1 0.036 0.007 44.3 98.3 0.050 0.010 61,4 98.2-0.086 -0016 105.7 98.3 2.137 1.071 331.7 89.4-0.396 -0268 66,5 82.8 0.396 0.268 66.5 82.8 -2.500* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to it 4# Indicates a bus with a load mismatch or more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:          003 Page          F67 of          F116


F Revision:
...oject         Dresden Unit2                                                         ETAP                                                Page:        8
003 Page F67 of F116
-ocation:     OTI                                                                     5-5.0N                                             Date:         03-01-2007 Contract:                                                                                                                                  SN:           WASHTNGRPN Engineer        OTI                                                                                                                        Revision:     Base Study Case:    DGI SCSW Filcname:      DREUnit2 0004                                                                                                              Config.:     DG2_T=I0+nm Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage2 LPCI Pump, I CCSW. This time period is 10+ min into event.
...oject Dresden Unit2-ocation:
LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage         Generation               Load                                 Load Flow                                     XFNIR ID                   kV       kV     Ang. MW         Mvar     MW         Mvar                 ID             MW       Mvar       Amp         % PF     % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL             0.480   0.480       -1.6         0          0    0,038      0.028    480V SWGR 29              -0.038    -0.028        56.5      80.6 4KV SWGR 24                      4.160   4.146      -0.1         0         0   0.477      0.212    4KV SWOR 24-1             -0.477    -0.212        72.7      91.4 4KV SWGR 24-I                    4.160    4.148      -0.1         0         0   1.716      0.790 4KV SWGR 24                  0.477      0.213        72.7     91.3 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29      0.396      0.268        66.5      82.8 DG 2 TERMINAL            -2.589    -1.270      401.4       89.8 125V DC CHGR 2                  0.480    0.461      -0.9          0         0   0.034      0.028   480V MCC 29-2            -0.034    -0.028        55.0     77.4 250V DC CHGR 2/3                  0.480    0.466      -1.4          0 .       0   0.066     0.055   480V MCC 29-2             -0.066    -0.055.     106.1      77.1 480V MCC 28-7                     0.480    0.480      -1.6          0         0         0         0 480V MCC 29-7               0.000    0.000          0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-1                     0.480    0.479      -1.6          0         0   0.036      0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC            -0.036    -0.007        44.3      98.3 480V MCC 29-2                   .0.480    0.471      -1.7        0           0   0.131      0.116 8KR 29-3D)BIFURC            -0.233     -0.199       375.6     76.1 250V DC CHGR 2/3            0.067     0.055       106.1     77.4 125V DC CHGR 2            0.035     0.028       55.0     78.3 480V MCC 29-4                    0.480    0.479      -1.6        0          0    0.032      0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC            -0.032   -0.005         38.6     98.7 490V MCC 29-7                    0.480    0,480      -1.6        0          0        0          0 480V MCC 28.7                0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 480V SWGR 29              0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-8                    0.480    0,480      -1.6        0          0        0          0  480V SWGR 29              0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-9                    0.480    0.479      -1.7          0          0    0.050     0.009    BKR 29-4C BITFURC        -0.050    -0.009       61.4     98.3 480V SWGR 29                      0,480    0.480      -1.6          0          0        0          0  8KR 29-3D1BLFURC          0-269. 0.208     409,1       79.1 480V MCC 29-7              0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-8              0.000     0.000         0.0       0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC          0.086     0.016       105.7     98.3 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL      0.038     0,028         56.5     80.6 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29      -0,394   -0.252       562.0     84.2 BKR 29-3D BIFURC                0.480    0.480      -1.6        0          0        0          0 480V MCC 29-2                0,238     0.203       375.6     76.1 480V MCC 29.4              0.032     0.005       38.6     98.7 480V SWGR 29              -0.269   -0.208     409.1       79.2 BKR 29-4C BIFURC                  0.480    0.480      -.16        O          0        0          0 480V MCC 29-1              0.036     0.007       44.3     98.3 480V MCC 29-9              0.050     0.010         61.4     98.2 480V SWGR 29              -0.086   -0.016       105.7       98.3 DG 2 TERMINAL                    4.160    4.160      0,0    2.5 94      1.279        0          0 4KV SWGR 24-1              2.594     1.279     401.4     89.7 HIGH SIDE OF .XFMR 29            4.160    4.147      -0.1          0          0        0          0 4KV SWGR24-I                -0.395   -0,268       66.5     82.8 480V SWGR 29              0.395     0.268       66.5     82.8     -2.500
OTI Contract: Engineer OTI Filcname:
* Indicates a vwlTage rcgulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ii Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 938,-46-19-2
DREUnit2 0004 ETAP 5-5.0N Study Case: DGI SCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
Base Config.: DG2_T=I0+nm Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage2 LPCI Pump, I CCSW. This time period is 10+ min into event.LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFNIR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp % PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24 4KV SWGR 24-I 125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 490V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-3D BIFURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC DG 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF .XFMR 29 0.480 0.480 -1.6 4.160 4.146 -0.1 4.160 4.148 -0.1 0.480 0.461 -0.9 0.480 0.466 -1.4 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.6.0.480 0.471 -1.7 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -.16 4.160 4.160 0,0 2.5 4.160 4.147 -0.1 0 0 0,038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0.477 0.212 4KV SWOR 24-1 0 0 1.716 0.790 4KV SWGR 24 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DG 2 TERMINAL 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 0 .0 0.066 0.055 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0 0 0.036 0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0.131 0.116 8KR 29-3D )BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0 0.032 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28.7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0.050 0.009 BKR 29-4C BITFURC 0 0 0 0 8KR 29-3D1BLFURC 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29.4 480V SWGR 29 O 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 94 1.279 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR24-I 480V SWGR 29-0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.6-0.477 -0.212 72.7 91.4 0.477 0.213 72.7 91.3 0.396 0.268 66.5 82.8-2.589 -1.270 401.4 89.8-0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.4-0.066 -0.055. 106.1 77.1 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0-0.036 -0.007 44.3 98.3-0.233 -0.199 375.6 76.1 0.067 0.055 106.1 77.4 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.3-0.032 -0.005 38.6 98.7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0-0.050 -0.009 61.4 98.3 0-269. 0.208 409,1 79.1 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.086 0.016 105.7 98.3 0.038 0,028 56.5 80.6-0,394 -0.252 562.0 84.2 0,238 0.203 375.6 76.1 0.032 0.005 38.6 98.7-0.269 -0.208 409.1 79.2 0.036 0.007 44.3 98.3 0.050 0.010 61.4 98.2-0.086 -0.016 105.7 98.3 2.594 1.279 401.4 89.7-0.395 -0,268 66.5 82.8 0.395 0.268 66.5 82.8 -2.500* Indicates a vwlTage rcgulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ii Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
938,-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:              003 Page          F81 of              F116


F Revision:
oject       Dresden Unit                                                           ETAP                                                  Page:        8
003 Page F81 of F116 oject Dresden Unit-ocation:
-ocation:     OTI                                                                       5.5.0N                                               Date:       03-01-2007 Contract:                                                                                                                                    SN:           WASHTNGRPN Engineert      OTI                                                                                                                            Revision: Base Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Filenarn:. DRE Unit2 0004                                                                                                                Config,:       DG2_Th 10 ++m Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voftageI LPCI Pump, 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage           Generation                 Load                                 Load Flow                                     XFMR ID                 kV       kV     Ang;     MW         Mvar       MW         Mvar                 ID             MW         Mvar       Amp       %1PF      % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL           0_480     0.480     -1.6         0          0    0.038      0.028    480V SWOR 29              -0.038    -0.028        56.5    80.6 4KV SWGR 24                    4.160     4.145      -0.1         0         0     0.772      0.395 4KV SWGR 24-1                -0.772    -0.395      120.8      89.0 4KV SWGR 24-1                   4.160    4.149      -0.1         0         0     1.218      0.549 4KVSWGR24                      0.772      0,396      120.8    89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29        0,407      0.276        68,5    82.8 DO 2 TERMINAL              -2.398    -1.221      374.5      89.1 125V DC CHGR 2                  0.480    0,461      -0.9          0         0     0.034      0.028   490V MCC 29-2              -0.034    -0.028        55.0     77.5 250V DC CHGR 2/3                0.480    0.465      -1.4          0          0   0.066        0.054    480V MCC 29.2             -0,066    -0,054      106.2      77.2 480V MCC 28-7                  0480      0.480      -1.6          0         0         0           0 480V MCC 29-7                0.000     0.000          00      0,0 480V MCC 29-1                  0.480    0.479      -1.7         0         0     0.036       0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC             -0.036    -0,007        44.3      98.3 480V MCC 29-2                  0,480    0.470      -1.7        0         0    0,142       0.123     BKR 29-3D BIFURC         -0.244    -0.205      392.0      76.6 250V DC CHGR 213           0.067      0.055      106.2      77.5 125V DC CHGR 2             0.035      0.028        55.0     78.4 480V MCC 29-4                  0,480    0.479      -1.7         0         0     0,032      0.005    BKR 29-3D BIFURC         -0.032    -0.005        38,6    98.7 480V MCC 29-7                   0.480    0.480      -1.6          0         0           0         0 480V MCC 28.7                0.000     0.000        0.0       0.0 480V SWGR 29               0.000      0.000        0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-8                  0.480    0.480      -I.6          0         0           0         0 480V SWGR 29                  0.000     0.000         0.0 1 0.0 480V MCC 29-9                  0.480    0.478      -1 8          0          0     0,050      0.009    BKR 29-4C BIFURC          -0.050    -0.009        61 4      98.3 480V SWGR 29                    0.480    0.480  , -1.6          0         0         0           0 8KR29-3D BIFURC              0.281     0.215       425.6      79.4 480V MCC 29-7              0,000     0,000         0.0     0.0 480V MCC 29-8              0.000      0.000          0.0     0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC          0.086      0,016      105.7    98.3 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL        0.038      0.028        56.5    80,6 HIGHi SIDE OF XFMR 29      -0.405    -0.259      578.6      84.3 BKR 29-30 BIFURC                0.480    0,480      -1.6          0         0         0           0 480V MCC 29-2                0.249    0.210      392.0     76.5 480V MCC 29-4              0.032      0.005        38.6     98.7 480V SWGR 29              -0.281    -0.215      425.6      79.4 BKR 29-4C BIFURC                0.480    0,480      -1.6          0         0           0           0 480V MCC 29-1               0.036      0.007        44.3    98.3 480V MCC 29-9              0.050      0.010        61.4    9892 480V SWGR 29              -0.086    -0.016      105,7     98.3 GX3 2 TERMINAL                  4.160    4.160      0.0     2.402      1.229          0          0 4KV SWGR 24-1                2.402      1.229      374.5      89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29          4,160    4.148      -0, I        0          0          0          0 4KV SWGR 24-1              -0.407    -0.276        685       82.8 480V SWGR 29              0.407    0(276        68.5     32.8     -2,500
OTI Contract: Engineert OTI Filenarn:.
* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connectWd to ij a Indicates a bus %kitha load mismatch of more thanO.l MVA Calculation:         9389-46-19-2
DRE Unit2 0004 ETAP 5.5.0N Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
Base Config,: DG2_Th 10 ++m Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voftageI LPCI Pump, 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang; MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp % 1 PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24 4KV SWGR 24-1 125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-30 BIFURC BKR 29-4C BIFURC GX3 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0_480 0.480 -1.6 4.160 4.145 -0.1 4.160 4.149 -0.1 0.480 0,461 -0.9 0.480 0.465 -1.4 0480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0,480 0.470 -1.7 0,480 0.479 -1.7 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0.480 0.480 -I.6 0.480 0.478 -1 8 0.480 0.480 , -1.6 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0.480 0,480 -1.6 4.160 4.160 0.0 4,160 4.148 -0, I 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWOR 29 0 0 0.772 0.395 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 0 1.218 0.549 4KVSWGR24 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DO 2 TERMINAL 0 0 0.034 0.028 490V MCC 29-2 0 0 0.066 0.054 480V MCC 29.2 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0 0 0.036 0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0,142 0.123 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 213 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0 0,032 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28.7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0,050 0.009 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0 0 8KR29-3D BIFURC 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGHi SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 2.402 1.229 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 480V SWGR 29-0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.6-0.772 -0.395 0.772 0,396 0,407 0.276-2.398 -1.221-0.034 -0.028-0,066 -0,054 0.000 0.000-0.036 -0,007-0.244 -0.205 0.067 0.055 0.035 0.028-0.032 -0.005 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000-0.050 -0.009 0.281 0.215 0,000 0,000 0.000 0.000 0.086 0,016 0.038 0.028-0.405 -0.259 0.249 0.210 0.032 0.005-0.281 -0.215 0.036 0.007 0.050 0.010-0.086 -0.016 2.402 1.229-0.407 -0.276 0.407 0(276 120.8 89.0 120.8 89.0 68,5 82.8 374.5 89.1 55.0 77.5 106.2 77.2 00 0,0 44.3 98.3 392.0 76.6 106.2 77.5 55.0 78.4 38,6 98.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 61 4 98.3 425.6 79.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 105.7 98.3 56.5 80,6 578.6 84.3 392.0 76.5 38.6 98.7 425.6 79.4 44.3 98.3 61.4 9892 105,7 98.3 374.5 89.0 685 82.8 68.5 32.8 -2,500* Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connectWd to ij a Indicates a bus %kith a load mismatch of more thanO.l MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
F Revision:              003 Page          F95 of                F116


F Revision:
    ,3ject       Dresden Unit2                                                           ETAP                                                    Page:        8
003 Page F95 of F116
..ocatiow,     Oi"l                                                                     5,5.ON                                                 Date:       03-01-2007 Contract:                                                                                                                                        SN:         WASHTNGRPN Engineer        011                                                                                                                              Revision: Base Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Filename:        DREUnit2_0004                                                                                                                  Config.: DG2 CR HVAC Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage, I LPCi Pump. 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus                         Voltage           Generation                 Load                                 Load Flow                                       XFMIR ID                   kV       kV     Ang,       MW       Mvar       MW         MvWr                 ID               MW         Mvar       Amp         % PF   % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL             0.480    0.475        -2.4          0        0    0.038      0.027 480V SWGR 29                   -40.038    -0,027        56.6      81.3 4KV SWGR 24                      4-160    4.144        -0.2         0        0    0.772      0.395    4KV SWGR 24-1              -0.772      -0,395      120.8      89.0 4KV SWGR 24-1.                   4.160   4.148       -0.1         0         0    1.218      0.549 4KV SWGR 24                    0.772      0,396      120.8      89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29        0.597      0.392        99.4      83.6 DO 2 TERMINAL              -2.587      -1.337      405.4       88.8 125V DC CHGR 2                   0.480     0.456      -4.7          0        0    0.034        0.027 480V MCC 29-2                 -0.034      40.027        55.0      78.3 250V DC CHGR 213                0,480     0.461      -2.2          0        0    0,066        0,053    490V MCC 29-2             -0.066      -0.053      106.3      77.9 480V MCC 28-7                    0.480    0.475     -2.4           0       0           0           0 480V MCC 29-7                  0.000      0.0o0          0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-A                    0-480    0.474      -2.4          0       0     0,035        0.007 BKR29-4C BIFURC              -0.035      -0.007        43,9      98.3 480V MCC 29-2                    0.480    0,465      -2.5          0       0     0,142       0.123     BKR 29-3D BIFURC           -0.24*      -0.203      393.8      76.9 250V DC CHGR 2/3           0.067      0,053      106.3      78.2 125V DC CHGR 2             0.035      0.027        55.0     79.2 480V MCC 294                      0.480    0.474      -2.4          0       0     0.031      0.005    BKR 29-3D BIFURC           -0.031      -0.005        38.5      98.7 480V MCC 29-7                    0.480    0.475      -2.4           0       0           0         0 480V MCC 28-7                0.000       0.000        0.0       0.0 480V SWGR 29               0,000        0.000        0.0       0.0 480V MCC 29-8                    0.480    0.467      -2.7          0         0     0,187      0.097    480V SWGR 29              4.,187      -0.097      260.1      88.7 480V MCC 29-9                  .0,480    0.474      -2.5          0         0   0,049        0.009 BKR 29,4C DIFURC              -0,049     -0.009       6112      98.2 480V SWGR 29                    0.480    0.475      -2.4          0       0           0           0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC              0.280      0.213      427.5      79.6 490V MCC 29-7              0.000      0.000          0.0       0,0 480V MCC 29-8              0.189      0.100      260.1      88.5 BKR 29-4C BIFIrRC          0.085       0.016     105.1       98.2 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL        0.038      0.027        56.6   . 81.3 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29      -0.592      -0.356      839.6       85.7 BKR 29-3D BIFURC                  0.480    0.475      -2.4          0        0          0           0 480V MCC 29-2                0.249        0.208    393.8       76.8 480V MCC 29-4              0.031      0.005        38.5     98.7 480V SWGR 29              -0.280      -0.213      427.5       79.6 BKR 29-4C B IFURC                0A480    0.475      -2.4          0        0          0           0 480V MCC 29-1                0.036      0.007        43.9      98.3 480V MCC 29-9              0,049      0.010      61.2      98,2 480V SWGR 29              -0.085      -0.016      105.1      98.2 Do 2 TERMINAL                    4.160    4,160      0.0    2,59: 2   1.346          0            0 4KV SWGR 24-I                2.592        1,346      405.4     88.8 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29              4.160    4.147      -0.1                    0          0          0 4KV SWGR 24-1                -0.597      -0,392        99.4     83.6 480V SWGR 29                0.597      0.392        99.4     83.6     -2.500 Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to it indicates a bus ,ith a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:           9389-46-19-2
,3ject Dresden Unit2..ocatiow, Oi"l Contract: Engineer 011 Filename:
DREUnit2_0004 ETAP 5,5.ON Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Page: 8 Date: 03-01-2007 SN: WASHTNGRPN Revision:
Base Config.: DG2 CR HVAC Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage, I LPCi Pump. 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMIR ID kV kV Ang, MW Mvar MW MvWr ID MW Mvar Amp % PF % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 4KV SWGR 24 4KV SWGR 24-1.125V DC CHGR 2 250V DC CHGR 213 480V MCC 28-7 480V MCC 29-A 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 294 480V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 BKR 29-3D BIFURC B KR 29-4C B IFURC Do 2 TERMINAL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0.480 0.475 -2.4 4-160 4.144 -0.2 4.160 4.148 -0.1 0.480 0.456 -4.7 0,480 0.461 -2.2 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0-480 0.474 -2.4 0.480 0,465 -2.5 0.480 0.474 -2.4 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0.480 0.467 -2.7.0,480 0.474 -2.5 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0A480 0.475 -2.4 4.160 4,160 0.0 2,59: 4.160 4.147 -0.1 0 0 0.038 0.027 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0.772 0.395 4KV SWGR 24-1 0 0 1.218 0.549 4KV SWGR 24 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 DO 2 TERMINAL 0 0 0.034 0.027 480V MCC 29-2 0 0 0,066 0,053 490V MCC 29-2 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0 0 0,035 0.007 BKR29-4C BIFURC 0 0 0,142 0.123 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 250V DC CHGR 2/3 125V DC CHGR 2 0 0 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28-7 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0,187 0.097 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0,049 0.009 BKR 29,4C DIFURC 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 490V MCC 29-7 480V MCC 29-8 BKR 29-4C BIFIrRC 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 480V MCC 29-4 480V SWGR 29 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 480V MCC 29-9 480V SWGR 29 2 1.346 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-I 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 480V SWGR 29-40.038 -0,027-0.772 -0,395 0.772 0,396 0.597 0.392-2.587 -1.337-0.034 40.027-0.066 -0.053 0.000 0.0o0-0.035 -0.007-0.203 0.067 0,053 0.035 0.027-0.031 -0.005 0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000 4.,187 -0.097-0,049 -0.009 0.280 0.213 0.000 0.000 0.189 0.100 0.085 0.016 0.038 0.027-0.592 -0.356 0.249 0.208 0.031 0.005-0.280 -0.213 0.036 0.007 0,049 0.010-0.085 -0.016 2.592 1,346-0.597 -0,392 0.597 0.392 56.6 81.3 120.8 89.0 120.8 89.0 99.4 83.6 405.4 88.8 55.0 78.3 106.3 77.9 0.0 0.0 43,9 98.3 393.8 76.9 106.3 78.2 55.0 79.2 38.5 98.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 260.1 88.7 6112 98.2 427.5 79.6 0.0 0,0 260.1 88.5 105.1 98.2 56.6 .81.3 839.6 85.7 393.8 76.8 38.5 98.7 427.5 79.6 43.9 98.3 61.2 98,2 105.1 98.2 405.4 88.8 99.4 83.6 99.4 83.6 -2.500 Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to it indicates a bus ,ith a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation:
9389-46-19-2


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
 
F Revision:               003 Page           F109 of             F116}}
F Revision:
003 Page F109 of F116}}

Latest revision as of 14:21, 13 March 2020

CC-AA-309-1001, Rev 1, Attachment 1, Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet, 989-46-19-2, Rev 003, Calculation for Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition
ML071570505
Person / Time
Site: Dresden Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 04/04/2007
From: Mccarthy G, Shephard S
Sargent & Lundy
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
9389-46-19-2, Rev 003, CC-AA-309-1001, Rev 1
Download: ML071570505 (118)


Text

7-CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I Page 1.0-0 Design Analysis (Major Revision) Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.: 9389-46-19-2 Revision: 003

Title:

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.: EC 364066 Revision: 000 Station(s): Dresden Components(s)

Unit No.: 2 Various Discipline: E Description Code/Keyword: E15 Safety(QA Class: SR System Code: 66 Structure: N/A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No. From/To See Section XIV From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information? Yes [] No Z If yes, see SY-AA-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes [] No Z If yes, ATI/AR#

This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES: N/A in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):

See Page 1,0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.

Preparer Scott Shephard Y 1 Y47 Print Name t idn ame Date Method of Review Detailed Review Z Alternate eJacuI9 ions a ched) Testing E, Reviewer Glenn McCarthy oe V- 44-7 Print Name "ign Name . . Date Review Notes: Independent Review Z Peer Review nl (For~Uxemnl Aitalyses Only)

External Approver 4A _____________ qr~1 Print Name Sign Name Date Exelon Reviewer Print Name

.kc ,'.4?

S{n -"

/ Date Independent 3 rd Party Review Required? Yes El No*a If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Zocl*5,1 ,--f---4 i * .9 e Print Name Sign Name Date

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sa~~4&L.r~y'Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. IDate z//-

ORI fNAL X S~afety-Related INon-Safety-Related Page ,-/

Client ComEd Preed Date /c/h Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by J. DateI lp Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by/  ? L Date /obz}?

DIVISION: EPED FILE: 158 SYSTEM CODE: 6600 NOTE: FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ. NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46"

1. REVISION

SUMMARY

AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages.

This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition , Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2. The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows:

1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip charts (Reference 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).
2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.
3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers. For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.
4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.

[ Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under

ýCac. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sargem L-undyc[ Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X

X Safety-Related iNon-Safety-Related Page 0.0-*.

Client CornEd Prepared by . Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by .Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)

Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised:

1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7,'10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through AIO, B4 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12; Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.

the following pages were added:

1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34) the following pages were deleted:

10.0-9 through 10.0-24, B14-B15.

This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation. The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP. In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.

Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90°C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor 8HP loading requires further verification per Reference 26.

CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-3 R3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)

Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation # 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3 'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.

This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated. The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.

In this revision the following pages were revised:

2.0-4, A3,A8, El, HI. H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced:

1.0-3, 2.0-1,2.0-2, 3.0-1,4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0 9.0-6, 10.0 10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, Cl-C7 replaced by C1-C6, FI-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added:

Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted:

15.0 15.0-34, Attachment I

CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-4(,

Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)

Revision 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.

The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78. R3 In this revision the following pages were revised:

A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced:

1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1t0-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7. C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added:

1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105

CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE I _ _ NO.:

II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I. COVER SHEET / REVISION

SUMMARY

& REVIEW METHOD 1.0 1.0-4 R3 II, TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION 2.0 2.0-5 III, PURPOSE/SCOPE 3.0 3.0-2 IV. INPUT DATA 4.0 4.0-8 R3 V. ASSUMPTIONS 5.0-1 VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS 6.0-1 VII. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.0-1 VIII, LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION 8.0 8.0-7 IX. METHODOLOGY 9.0 9.0-7 X. CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS 10.0 10.0-8 10.1 10.1-26 XI. COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 11.0-1 -11.0-2 XII. CONCLUSIONS 12.0-1 XIII. RECOMMENDATIONS 13.0-1 XIV. REFERENCES 14.0 14.0-7

CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE I _NO.:

Attachments Description A Table 1 - Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads. Al-A10 B Table 2 - The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts. B1-B13 C Table 4 - Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division I1. Cl-C6 1R3 D Figure 1 - Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 DI-D2 R3 E Figure 2 - Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 El-E2 F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage F1-F116 JR3 G DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Reduced Voltage G1-G62 R3 H Flow Chart I - Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads H1-H2 J Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms Ji-J 10 R Reference Pages R1-R105 jR3 Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation. However, it is reserved for possible future use, 2~

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. I Date I,

X Safety-Related I iNon-Safety-Related Page 2. -

___j I P I Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GOO 1/6/95 11:28:36a General File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.GOO 1/6/95 11:56:16a General File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100 1/6/95 10:51.,24a Initial File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100 116/95 11:18:14a Initial File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00 1/6/95 9:56:48a Table I - Excel File D2TB2DG2.0 1/6/95 10:31 :24a Table 2 - Excel File D2TB4DG2.00 1/6/95 10:01:44a Table 4 - Excel File LDGRFDG2.00 1/6/95 10:40:12 Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6 :3 4 :0 2 p Flow Chart I DRESDG2.WP 1/6/95 7:41:08p Calculation Text - Wordperfect r.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LuncIV146 Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related lNon-Safety-Related Page 2 .0 - js Prepared by Date IClent CornEd IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by JDate VPro,.

p ll -

No. 9389-46 Equip. No.

p

  • Approved by Date I File Descriptions (cont)

Revision I File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GO1 9/23/96 2:04p General File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2R.GO1 9/23/96 2:10p General File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2.101 10/11/96 10:01a Initial File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2R.101 10/11/96 10:08a Initial File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.

D2EXCELXLS 10/11/96 1:26p Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.00 DG2MCAD.MCD 10/11/96 11:29a Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT 10/11/96 1:39p Single line - Attach E (Powerpoint)

DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6:34p Flow Chart 1 (ABC Flowcharter)

DRESDG2.WP 10/11196 Calculation Text - Wordperfect

CALCULATION PAGE

....CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f .. )

File Descriptions (cont'd)

Revision 2 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc 504320 bytes 8/9/06 7:52:35am Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls 532480 bytes 7/31106 2:13:14pm Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (table 4).xls 53248 bytes 4/21/06 9:05:56am Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb 1,7977,344 bytes 8101/06 1:22:49pm ETAP database DREUnit2_0003.macros.xml 10595 bytes 8/01/06 10:17:20am ETAP macros DREUnit2._0003,scenariosxml 11572 bytes 7/31/06 10:20:30am ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2_0003.oti 9728 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:48pm ETAP "OTI" file Revision 3 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc s ,1 4tý-16,1",* v/ 97 1s: O ,, Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls 522752 bytes 3/2/07 7:25:52am Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls 55248 bytes 3/9/07 7:48:15amr Table 4 R3 DREUnit2_0004.mdb 18,911,232 bytes 3/20/07 11:34:56pm ETAP database DREUnit2_0004.macros.xml 11206 bytes 3/20/07 9:46:37pm ETAP macros II DREUnit2_0004.scenarios.xml 12862 bytes 2/12/07 3:49:12pm I ETAP Scenarios DRE Unit2_0004.oti bytes 3/21/07 9:37:49pm ETAP 'OTI* file tIb-.&,161

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.

The purpose of this calculation includes the following:

1) Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
2) Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
3) Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.
4) Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.
5) Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.
6) Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.
7) Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.
8) Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.
9) Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value.

on the EDG.

10) Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment & services. The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-2C(..-I.

PURPOSE/SCOPE (cont'd)

The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity. The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.

The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG P3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded. The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.

The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.

The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division. Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.

Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV INPUT DATA The input data extracted from the references is summarized below:

A. Abbreviations ADS Automatic Depressurization System AO Air Operated CC Containment Cooling CCSW Containment Cooling Service Water Cig Cooling Clnup Clean up Cnmt Containment Comp Compressor Compt Compartment Diff Differential DIT Design Information Transmittal DG Diesel Generator DW Drywell EFF Efficiency EHC Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP Electrical Transient Analyzer Program I R2 Emerg Emergency

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sar~gt~J LL~~t Design Bases Accident Condition ReIv DatE X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page 7,-

Client ComEd lProject Dresden Station Unit 2 lProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.

I Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by Date Date Date Input Data (cont'd):

ECCS Emergency Core Cooling System FSAR Final Safety Analysis System gpm Gallons Per Minute GE General Electric Gen Generator Hndlg Handling HPCI High Pressure Coolant Injection HVAC Heating Ventilation &,Air Conditioning Inbd Inboard Inst Instrument Isoln Isolation LOCA Loss Of Coolant Accident LOOP Loss Of Offsite Power LPCI Low Pressure Coolant Injection LRC Locked Rotor Current Mon Monitoring MCC Motor Control Center M-G Motor Generator MOV Motor Operated Valve

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LunCnJV LLLC Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.

X ISafety-Related INon-Safety-Related Page '/o3 lClient CornEd jProject Dresden Station Unit 2 jProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No.

I I

Prepared by Reviewed by 1Approved by Date Date lDate -4 Input Data (cont'd):

Outbd Outboard PF Power Factor Press Pressure Prot Protection Recirc Recirculation Rm Room Rx Bldg Reactor Building SBGT Standby Gas Treatment System Ser Service SWGR Switchgear Stm Steam Suct Suction TB Turbine Building Turb Turbine UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply VIv Valve Wtr Water Xfmr Transformer

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 LunzadyL, Design Bases Accident Condition Re IDat Y X ISafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Page q, 0 -q Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd):

B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows (Reference 24):

Manufacturer Electro - Motive Division (GM)

Model A C1 Serial No. 67 - KI - 1008 Volts 2400 / 4160 v Currents 782 I 452 Amps Phase 3 Power Factor 0.8 RPM 900 Frequency 60 KVA 3125 Temperature Rise 85 0 C Stator - Therm 60 0C Rotor - Res KVA Peak Rating 3575 KVA For 2000 HR YR Temperature Rise 105 0C Stator - Therm 700C Rotor - Res Insulation Class Stator - H

_ Rotor- F Excitation Volts - 144

.Amps - 100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer Electro - Motive Division (GM)

Model No. S20E4GW Serial No. 1157

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sar-get .- L~wndyv' Design Bases Accident Condition Rev., IDate.

X [Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page I. "0 -

Client CornEd Prepared by Date project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd)

C. Dead Load Pickup Capability ( Locked Rotor Current) - Generator Reactive Load Vs

% Voltage Graph #SC - 5056 by Electro - Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].

This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.

The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in I second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12) requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current). The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.

D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).

E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).

F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)

G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)

H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).

I. Table 4. KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when OG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).

J. Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).

K. Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.

L. Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.

M. Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)

N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining %PF and efficiency (Attached).

0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining XIR Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)

Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)

R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)

S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each R step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G).

I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14 Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)

U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03 Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)

V. S&L Standard ES1-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)

W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)

X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)

Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)

Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference 20)

CALCULATION PAGE

'CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-7 R3 Input Data (cont'd)

AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and 0O0A (Reference 60). See Section 2.0 R3 for latest ETAP file.

AB. 125Vdc and 25OVdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)

AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)

AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)

AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)

AF. GE Drawing 992C510, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)

AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)

Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)

AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -

Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference 61)

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-8(@.._a AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).

Core Spray Pump 2B 883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)

LPCI Pump 2C 639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)

LPCI Pump 2D 619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)

CCSW Pump 2C 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS. The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)

R3 AT. The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)

AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)

AV. Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)

AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)

AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)

AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)

AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 5.0-11(ý.)

V ASSUMPTIONS

1) MCC control transformers (approximately 1,50VA - 200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
2) The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting. This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.
3) Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
4) When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
5) For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
6) The line break is in Loop "A"and Loop "B"is selected for injection.
7) The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase operatein speedon a corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.

Therefore, this assumption is conservative.

8) For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation. Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation. Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included. This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.

The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.

[

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 gw=, ' Lunridyv- Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X ISafety-Related I Ion-Safety-Related N JPage .-0 I 4.

Crient CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.) Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.

2.) For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.

This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.

3.) It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints. For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=0-and time t=0+.

4.) Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order:

a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 7.0-1(p.-

VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria:

1) Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.
  • The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.

Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.

  • The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance. If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023 R or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.

76).

EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2_T=10+m, DG2_T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)

Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.

2) Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.
  • Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration.

" The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits.

" The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate.

" The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable.

  • The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ):

Service 1 Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)

LPCI Pump 2C 5 LPCI Pump 2D 5 Core Spray Pump 2B 5

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X ISafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Page -

Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A. Load Sequencing During LOOP/LOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds., This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.

This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit). It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.

It was found from discussion with CoinEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.

For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.

1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:
  • 2 psig drywell pressure, or
  • -59" Reactor water level, or
  • Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or
  • Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or
  • Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or
  • Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.

Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required. Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)

2) Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA
  • When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B) starts its reset recovery timing.
  • As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.
  • 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.
  • 10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.

Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.

3) Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64):

" Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out. R2

" At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B).

" Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2

" After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.

  • After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S0rgt~8~ LL*rtdyL S Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. -Date IPage 16. 0 - _

X ISafety-Related I .INon-Safety-Relate d Client CornEd 1 IPrepared by !Date i IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 I IReviewed by IDate I

II IProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. i lApproved by IDate I B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads

1) LPCI/CC - LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).

LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).

f ý4., ::. i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.

  • The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger, See Section VIII.B.3.iii.
  • LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) - To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.
  • Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 38B are interlocked closed.
  • With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.

0 LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets.

0 LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.

  • LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B) - To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.

R2

2) Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.

i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal:

  • High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,
  • Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or

" Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.

ii)The following valves respond to initiation of core spray:

Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B - This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B - This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.

" Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B - This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.

" Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B - This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B - This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.

3) CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger. One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger. The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.

i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.

ii)According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]

before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated j R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.

iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger. The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.

As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.

4) Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)

The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity. The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S~ger LundctV, Design Bases Accident Condition Date X Sfet-Related Non-Safety-RelatedPae .0 IClient CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by DteO Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by D.ate The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:

1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby

a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)
b. High radiation on refuel floor (lO0mr/hr)
c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)
d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)
e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr) 2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.

Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation. Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation. SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.

5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment. The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.

rCalculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under a mo O -r ICI O Design.

0 Bas es Accid entConditio n IRe. ,Ij ate X ISafety-Related Non-Safety-Related Client CornEd Prepared by ,Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by ,Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows:

1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.

2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.

3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.

4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.

5.) Lf Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.

6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.

For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:

There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:

1) Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)
2) Safe Shutdown Due to Fire
3) LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.

B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG:

.. Table 1 ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).

The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed R2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing. Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading, For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the R2 steady state load of all running and starting services for the starting step being analyzed.

The ETAP model was revised to mimic the ELMS-AC data files that were part of the calculation prior to Revision 002. Scenarios were created in ETAP to model the various loading steps in the DG load profile as loads are energized and de-energized.

The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. All scenarios use loading category "DG Loading". This loading category was created by duplicating R2 loading category "Condition 3". In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in the "DG Loading" category. If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, itwas revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile. No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 938946-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-2 The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. The scenarios use one of three loading categories named "DG Ld 0 CCSW", "DG Ld 1 CCSW" and 'DG R3 Ld 2 CCSW". These loading categories were created by duplicating loading category "Condition 3".

In cases where a load was identified in loading category 'Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in these loading R categories. If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load R3 condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile.

No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program. The three loading categories are identical except the BHP values associated with the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps are varied. "DG Ld 0 CCSW" represents the first 10 minutes of the accident where no CCSW pumps are operating.

"DG Ld 1 CCSW" reflects reduced CS and LPCI loading values after 10 minutes and a 115% bhp loading value for a single CCSW pump in operation. "DG Ld 2 CCSW" is the same as "DG Ld 1 CCSW" except CCSW bhp values are reduced to reflect operation of both pumps.

Four study cases were created for use with this calculation: DG_0_CCSW, DGI_CCSW, R3 DG_2_CCSW and DG_Vreduced. The first three study cases use the corresponding similarly named loading category and the DGVreduced case uses the DG_0_CCSW loading category as all runs correspond to less than 10 minutes into the event. The generating category was set to "Nominal" and "Gen Min" for the first three study cases and DG Vreduced study cases respectively.

The Unit 2 diesel voltage was set to 100% and 60% for the "Nominal" and "Gen Min. generation categories respectively. 60% was chosen as it envelopes the lowest expected DG terminal voltage.

This value is supported by the calculations performed in Section 10. In each of these study cases, the Newton Raphson method of load flow was selected with the maximum number of iterations set at 99 and the precision set to 0.000001. Only the initial bus voltages were chosen to be updated as a result of execution of the load flow. No diversity factors or global tolerances were used.

The scenario wizard in ETAP was used to set up the configuration, study case, and output report for each time step in the DG load profile. The study wizard was used to group and run all of the scenarios. Each scenario was run three times in a row as part of each study macro. The results can vary depending upon the order that the study cases are run as certain calculations within ETAP are run using the initial bus voltages in the bus editor. The multiple runs assure a unique solution is reached regardless of the bus voltages in the bus editors prior to each load flow run, The precision for each study case is not accurate enough to guarantee a unique solution. The scenarios used to calculate the loading on the DG during each time step are listed below along with the relevant ETAP settings, configurations, etc.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-3 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)

DG Study Description Scenario Configuration Study Case -Voltage Output Report Macro DG2_BkrCl DG2 Bkr Cl DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_BkrClose DG2_Vnormal Initial loading on DG due to 480V loads when DG breaker closes DG2_UV_Reset DG2_UVRst DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_UVReset DG2_Vnormal Scenado DG2 Bkr Cl plus 1It LPCI pump and auxiliaries DG2_T=5sec DG2_T=5sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2JT=5sec DG2 Vnormal Scenario DG2_UVReset plus 2f LPCI pump DG2 T=10sec DG2T=10sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10sec OG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=5sec plus Core Spray Pump and Auxiliaries R3 DG2_T=10.min DG2_T=10-m DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2T=10-min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=IOsec minus MOV that have completed stroke DG2_T=10+min DG2_T=10+m DGI CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10+min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10-min plus 1 CCSW pump and Auxiliaries DG2 T=10++mn DG2LT10++m DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10++min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10+min plus 2O CCSWq pump and Auxiliaries minus 1 LPCI pump.

DG2_CRHVAC DG2_CRHVAC DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_CR- HVAC DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=10++min plus Control Room HVAC and all other long term loads.

DG2_BkrViow DG2_BkrCl DG Vreduced 2496V DG2 Bkr Vred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_BkrCl run at lowest expected voltage 0G2_UV_Vlow DG2_UVRst DGVreduced 2496V DG2_UV_Vred D02_Vreduce Scenario DG2 UV Reset run at lowest expected voltage DG2 T=5sV1o DG2_T=5sec DGVreduced I 2496V DG2-T=5sVred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_T=5sec run at lowest expected t voltage 002 T10-ml-o 00DG2T=10-m DGVreduced I 2496V 0DG2T=10-mred DG2_Vreduce Scenario 002_T=1O-rin run at lowest expected voltage

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-4 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)

C. Transient Loading Evaluation.

The following attachments are used to determine and develop the transient loading of the DG:

  • Table 1

" Table 4

  • Flow Chart 1
  • Use of Dead Load Pickup Curve.

The following formulas will be used to determine the starting KVA on the DG at each step from the motor data provided and the ETAP reduced voltage scenarios. R2 Calculating starting KVA (SKVAR) at the machine's rated voltage (VR)

SKVAR = '/3 VR ILRC where, ILRC is the machine's Locked Rotor Current

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-5 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)

Calculating starting KVA (SKVA) at the machine's rated voltage (V2)

SKVA @ V2 = (/2)2 I (VR) 2 X SKVAR The starting kW/kVAR for the starting loads in each step will be calculated and tabulated separately in Table 4.

The reduced voltage ETAP files are run for each timeframe immediately preceeding a large motor start with the exception of the last CCSW pump which is bounded by a start of the 1st CCSW pump.

The 1" CCSW pump was modeled as starting concurrent with the auxiliary loads energized concurrently with the 2nd CCSW pump in order to create a bounding case for a CCSW pump start.

The reduced DG terminal voltage is equal to or lower than the voltage dip during the most severe starting step. The reduced terminal voltage will be used to determine an incremental increase in current caused by the running loads operating at lower than rated voltage.

The difference in current will be reflected as the equivalent kw/kvar at full voltage (at the power factor of the running loads) and added to the total starting kw/kvar of the starting loads to determine the net starting KVA.

The power factor of the running loads is taken from ETAP.

Calculating the incremental KVA for previously running loads is done as follows:

Icu,,T1o% = Taken from ETAP output report from the study cases run at nominal voltage R3 Icurraduce vdtage = Taken from ETAP output report from DGVreduced study cases AKVA = Al x /3 x 4.16KV Conservatively, the worst voltage drop case due to the presence of running load will be applied to all large motor starting cases. The previous calculation revisions show that the largest voltage dip occurs when the Core Spray Pump starts. Revision 13 of Calculation 7317-33-19-2 shows that the voltage dip is 61.8% of bus rated voltage for Unit 3 when the first LPCI Pump is starting. For conservatism, 60.0% (i.e. 2496V) of bus rated voltage will be used for all running load conditions.

The voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG for the initial start at breaker closing is determined from the EMD's Dead Load Pickup Curve #SSC-5056

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-6 (Ref. 13) by using the total starting KVA value from Table 4. Following the initial start, the total KVA is determined by vectorially adding the step starting load KW/KVAR from Table 4, the AKVA R2 changed to KW/KVAR of the running load of the previous scenario in the ETAP file, and the starting KW/KVAR of the 4000V motor that Is starting to determine the total starting KVA, which is then used to determine the voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG terminals.

The Dead Load Pickup Curve provides initial voltage dip and recovery after 1 second following a start based on the DG transient starting load. The curve includes the combined effect of the exciter and the governor in order to provide recovery voltages. The voltage dip and recovery analysis utilizes the results of dynamic DG characteristics reflected in the manufacturer's curve. Though the curve shows voltage recovery up to 1 second, the voltage will continue to improve after 1 second due to exciter and governor operation. The DG Strip Chart for the surveillance test (Ref. 23) shows the voltage improvement past 1 second.

To determine motor starting terminal voltage, the cable voltage drop is calculated using the locked rotor current at rated voltage. This is conservative since the locked rotor current is directly proportional to applied voltage.

D. Analysis of control circuits during motor starting transient voltage dip.

When the DG starts a large motor, the momentary voltage dip can be below 70% of generator rated voltage. There is a concern whether momentary low voltage could use certain control circuits to drop-out. Table 2 of this calculation analyzes the effect of an AC momentary voltage dip on the operation of the mechanical equipment. This table analyzes the momentary voltage dip at 5 seconds & 10 seconds after UV reset; and 10 minutes and after for its effect on the operation of mechanical equipment.

E. Protective device evaluation and MOV operating time effects during motor starting transient voltage dip The voltage recovery after one second will be evaluated for net effect on the protective devices.

The duration of starting current is expected to be shorter than operation from' offsite power source because of better DG voltage recovery. Because protective devices are set to allow adequate starting time at motor rated voltage and during operation from offsite power, protective device operation due to overcurrent or longer operating time is not expected to be a concern when operating from the DG power during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The voltage and frequency protection of MCC 28/29-7 has been studied in S&L Calculation 8231-05-19-1

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2

  • e, *Liundw"IL

'o, . Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. ilDate X .Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page .0-7 /t:vN Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date METHODOLOGY (Cont'd)

F. Methodology for Determining Starting Time of Large Motors. (Ref. 42)

To determine large motor starting times, the time needed for the motor to accelerate through an increment of motor speed will be found. This will be accomplished by determining from motor and load speed-torque curves net accelerating torque (i.e. the difference between the torque produced by the motor and the torque required by the load) for each increment of speed. Using the combined motor and load inertia, the time needed to accelerate through the increment of speed can be calculated. All the time intervals will be summed to obtain a total motor starting time. Since motor torque is directly proportional to the square of applied terminal voltage, values obtained from the 100% rated voltage speed-torque curve will be adjusted downward for lower than rated applied terminal voltage. And, since this calculation determines for each motor start an initial voltage and a recovery voltage after 1 second, these two values will be used when adjusting motor torque for applied terminal voltage (i.e. For the initial speed increment and all subsequent increments occurring 1 second or less from the beginning of the motor start period, the initial voltage value will be used to determine motor torque. All later increments will use the 1 second recovery voltage value.) The time for each speed increment will be found using the following process:

1) At each speed increment, the motor torque will be found at the initial or I second recovery motor terminal voltage, as appropriate this will be done using the equation:

T = [(Vterm) 2 / (Vrated) 2] x Motor Base Torque x 100% Voltage Motor Torque from speed-torque curve

2) At each speed increment, load torque will be obtained from the load speed-torque curve.
3) The torque of the load is subtracted from the determined motor torque to obtain the net accelerating torque.
4) Finally the time to accelerate through an RPM increment is found using the following equation:

t = [WK 2(pump + motor) x RPM increment] / (307.5 x Net Accelerating Torque)

5) All the time increments are summed to obtain the total motor starting time.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 10.0-1 X CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS The following set of Calculations and Results are for the condition when DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 buses.

A. Loading Scenarios:

Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, loading table 8.3-3 shows that the maximum DG 2 loading during LOOP is only 1552 kW.

Dresden Station Fire Protection Reports - Safe Shutdown Report dated July 1993, Table 3.1-1, shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 is 1541 kW, which is adequate for Dresden Station (Note: Note 3 of Table 3.1-1 was considered when calculating this loading).

Also, the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, Figure 8.3-4 shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA is 2247 kW By comparing all three conditions, it is concluded that the combination of LOOP concurrent with LOCA is the worst case of DG loading. Therefore, LOOP concurrent with LOCA scenario was analyzed in detail in this calculation.

The load values for the three conditions stated above are historical values and are used only for comparison of load magnitudes to determine the worst-case loading scenario for the Diesel Generator. For currently predicted loading values on the diesel generator, see Section Xl, Subsection A, "Continuous Loading of the Diesel Generator".

B. Continuous Loading Table 1 was developed to show loads powered by the DG and the loads that will be automatically activated when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 following LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The ETAP model was then set up using the "DG Ld 0 CCSW", DG Ld 1 CCSW" and DG R3 Ld 2 CCSW" loading categories and the various configurations to model the loads as described in the methodology section. The CCSW Pumps are manually started and a LPCI Pump is turned off to stay within the DG capacity.

Also, for conservatism the Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps are shown as operating from 0 seconds, even though these pumps will not operate for the first few hours because the Day Tank has fuel supply for approximately four hours.

C. DG Terminal Voltages under Different Loading Steps Figure 2 Load vs Time profile of starting loads for the DG was developed from Table 1 showing loads operating at each different time sequence. The values for the running loads in kW/kVAR/kVA were taken from the appropriate ETAP output report, and the starting values for 480V loads are calculated in Table 4. The following is a sample calculation for LPCI Pump 2C showing the determination of motor starting kVA and starting time. It is shown for demonstrative purposes only (based on Rev. 2). Actual calculations for the Unit 2 4.16 kV motors is contained R3 in Section 10.1. This sample calculation is based on use of the ETAP program.

"C CC-AA-309-1001 Revision I ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Major Revision Cover Sheet Page I of I Page 1.0-0 i

Design Analysis (Major Revision) i Last Page No. 14.0-7 and R105 Analysis No.: 9389-46-19-2 Revision: 003

Title:

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Design Bases Accident Condition EC/ECR No.: EC 364066 Revision: 000 Station(s): Dresden i Components(s)

Unit No.: 2 Various Discipline: E f Description Code/Keyword: E15 Safety/QA Class: SR r System Code: 66 ___.... ..... ... .... .. .

Structure: N/A F CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No. From/To See Section XIV From Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information? Yes E] No Z If yes, see SY-M-101-106 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes El No Z If yes, ATIIAR#

This Design Analysis SUPERSEDES: N/A in its entirety Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials):

See Page 1.0-4 for a description of this revision and a list of affected pages.

Preparer Scott Shephard7 Print Name ,i n am - Date Method of Review Detailed Review Z Alternate J cul ions ched) Testing C]

Reviewer Glenn McCarthy _ __AP_7 9,_

Print Name -'ig6n Name .. Date Review Notes: Independent Review [ Peer Review El (For Exlemnal Analyses Only)

External Approver A/j',c Print Name

-d 7

//

1yA( /qij/ ____________

Sign Name Date Exelon Reviewer C. )4, "l,,._ , //i zi* 0.

Print Name S& N;n -" . Date Independent 3 rd Party Review Required? Yes No If yes, complete Attachment 3 Exelon Reviewer Z // 1LL-- 1 , 0 Print Name Sign Name Date

A" Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 S r LLsrdl*y Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.

ORIGINAL ----

X[Safety-Related Non-Safety-RltdPg ,

Client CornEdPrprdbDae1o)t Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date 10/1 Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by.. Y.- . Date o/

" / - CVYMAOF DIVISION: EPED FILE: 15B SYSTEM CODE: 6800 NOTE FOR THE PURPOSE OF MICROFILMING THE PROJ, NO. FOR THE ENTIRE CALC. IS "9389-46"

1. REVISION

SUMMARY

AND REVIEW METHOD A. Revision 0 Revision 0, Initial issue, all pages.,

This calculation supersedes the Calculation for Diesel-Generator Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition, Calculation Number 7317-33-19-2. The major differences between Calculation 7317-33-19-2 and this calculation are as follows:

1) Dresden Diesel Generator (DG) surveillance test strip -charts (Reference 23) show that the first LPCI pump starts about 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker. This is due to the under voltage (UV) relay disk resetting time. This revision shows that the 480V auxiliaries start as soon as the DG output breaker closes to the bus and the first LPCI pump starts approximately 4 seconds after the closure of the DG output breaker during Loss Of Offsite Power (LOOP) concurrent with Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA).
2) Created new ELMS-AC PLUS files for the DG for Unit 2 based on the latest base ELMS modified file D2A4.M24, including all modifications included in Revisions 0 through 14 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 for Unit 2. Utilization of the ELMS-AC PLUS program in this calculation is to maintain the loading data base and totaling the running KVA for each step.
3) Additional loading changes were made due to DITs DR-EPED-0861-00, which revised lighting loads, and DR-EAD-0001-00, which revised the model for UPS and Battery Chargers. For non-operating loads in base ELMS-AC file, running horsepower was taken as rated horsepower for valves and 90% of rated horsepower for pumps, unless specific running horsepower data for the load exists.
4) Created Table 4 for Unit 2 for totaling 480V loads starting KW/KVAR for determining starting voltage dip from the DG Dead Load Pickup Curve.
  • Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loadi ng Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 gereLundYLy- Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. at X ISafety-Related Non-Safetrv-Related Page 0 -I I.I Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date
1. Revision Summary and Review Method (Cont)

Revision 1 In this revision, the following pages were revised:

1.0-1, 1.0-2, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-3, 4.0-7, 10.0-1 through 10.0-8, 11.0-1, 13.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-5, 14.0-7, Al through A10,,84 through B13, C1 through C7, D2, El, E2, Attachment F (ELMS-AC Reports), 12; Note: all text pages are being re-issued to correct various typographical errors throughout the text. Revision bars were not used to denote changes made for typographical corrections only.

the following pages were added:

1.0-3, 2.0-4, Section 10.1 (10.1-0 through 10.1-26), Section 15.0 (15.0 through 15.34) the following pages were deleted:

10.0-9 through 10.0-24, 814-BIS.

This revision incorporates load parameter changes determined in Revision 18 of Calculation 7317-43-19-1 (Ref. 26) into the ELMS-AC datafile models used in this calculation to model diesel generator operation. The most critical of these changes is the CCSW Pump BHP change from 450 hp to 575 hp. These load parameter changes normalize the DG datafiles so that file update can be made easily and accurately with the file comparison program ELMSCOMP. In addition to the load/file changes, the calculation portion of the text dealing with determining starting kVA and motor start time for the 4.16 kV motors has been encoded into the MATHCAD program. This will simplify any future changes, and decrease the possibility of calculation errors. ELMSCOMP reports showing data transfers and so forth will be added in a new section.

Please note: The BHP of CCSW Pump Motors is based on the nameplate rating of 500 hp with a 575 hp @ 90 0C Rise. This assumption of CCSW Pump Motor BHP loading requires further verification per Reference 26.

CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-3 F3 Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)

Revision 2 EC 364066 was created for Operability Evaluation # 05-005. This operability evaluation concluded that the diesel generator load calculation trips one Low Pressure Coolant Injection (LPCI) pump before the first CCSW pump is loaded onto the diesel, at which point the diesel is supplying one Core Spray pump, one LPCI and one CCSW pump. In contrast, station procedure DGA-12, which implements the manual load additions for LOCA/LOOP scenarios, instruct operators to load the first CCSW pump without tripping a LPCI pump. The procedure directs removal of a LPCI pump from the EDG only before loading of the second CCSW pump. In accordance with Corrective Action #2 of the Operability Evaluation, Calculations 9389-46-19-1,2,3 'Diesel Generator 3,2,213 Loading Under Design Basis Accident Condition" require revision to document the capability of the EDGs to support the start of the first CCSW pump without first tripping a LPCI pump.

This revision incorporates the changes resulting from EC 364066, Rev. 000. In addition, this revision replaces the ELMS-AC portions of the calculation with ETAP PowerStation (ETAP). All outstanding minor revisions have been incorporated. The parameters for valve 2-1501-22B were also revised in the ETAP model to reflect the latest installed motor. Section 10 calculations previously performed using MathCad were replaced with MS Excel spreadsheets.

In this revision the following pages were revised:

2.0-4, A3, A8, El, H1, H2, R16-R19, R91 In this revision the following pages were replaced:

1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 3.0-1, 4.0-1, 4.0-6, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 8.0-2, 8.0-4, 8.0-5, 9.0 9.0-6, 10.0 10.0-8, 10.1 10.1-26, 11.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, CI-C7 replaced by Cl-C6, F1-F140 replaced by Fl-F118, GO replace by G1-G63 In this revision the following pages were added:

Design Analysis Cover Sheet (1.0-0), 2.0-5, R92-RIOO In this revision the following pages were deleted:

15.0 15.0-34, Attachment I

CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 1.0-4(,J Revision Summary and Review Method (cont'd)

Revysion 3 This revision incorporates various changes to the EDG loading. Major changes include CS, LPCI and CCSW BHP values. Other changes include a reduction in the ESS UPS loading, removal of the 120/208V Xfmr Mag Tape Drive, decreasing the LOCA bhp value for the RPS MG Set, incorporating replacement of the DG cooling water pump and turning off the HPCI Aux Coolant pump. New study cases and loading categories were generated in ETAP to model loading of the 4kV pumps after 10 minutes into the event.

The scope was expanded to include a comparison of the DG loading at 102% of rated frequency to the 2000hr rating of the diesel. This revision incorporates changes associated with References 65 to 70, 72, 73, 77 and 78. R3 In this revision the following pages were revised:

A5, A7, B8, B10, El, R100 In this revision the following pages were replaced:

1.0-0, 1.0-3, 2.0-1, 2.0-2, 2.0-5, 3.0-1, 3.0-2, 4.0-7, 5.0-1, 7.0-1, 9.0-2, 9.0-3, 9.0-5, 10.0-1, 1O-8, 10.1-1, 10.1-3, 10.1-4, 10.1-10, 10.1-11, 10.1-17, 10.1-18, 10.1-24, 10.1-25, 11.0-1, 12.0-1, 14.0-1, 14.0-7, C1, C3, Attachments F and G In this revision the following pages were added:

1.0-4, 4.0-8, R101-R105

CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-1 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE

_ I_ NO.:

II TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION I. COVER SHEET / REVISION

SUMMARY

& REVIEW METHOD 1.0 1.0-4 R3 II- TABLE OF CONTENTS / FILE DESCRIPTION 2.0-i - 2.0-5 III. PURPOSE/SCOPE 3.0-1 -3.0-2 IV. INPUT DATA 4.0 4.0-8 R3 V. ASSUMPTIONS 5.0-1 Vil. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS 6.0-1 VII. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.0-1 VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION 8.0 8.0-7 IX. METHODOLOGY 9.0 9.0-7 X. CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS 10.0 10.0-8 10.1 10.1-26 Xl. COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 11.0-1 - 11.0-2 XII. CONCLUSIONS 12.0-1 RECOMMENDATIONS 13.0-1 XIV. REFERENCES 14.0-1 - 14.0-7

CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

CALC NO.: 9389-46-19-2 REV NO: 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-2 SECTION PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE

_I I NO.:

Attachments Descri6ption A Table I - Automatically Turn ON and OFF Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition when DG2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads. Al-A10 B Table 2 - The Affects of AC Voltage Dip on control circuits of Dresden Unit 2, Division II when large motor starts. B1-B13 C Table 4 - Starting KW and KVAR for all 480V Loads at each Step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II. C1-C6 R3 D Figure 1 - Single Line Diagram when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 D1-D2 R3 E Figure 2 - Time vs. Load Graph when DG 2 Powers SWGR 24-1 El-E2 F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage Fl-F116 R3 G DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Reduced Voltage G1 -G62 R3 H Flow Chart 1 - Method of Determining Shed and Automatically Started Loads H1-H2 J Unit 2 ELMS-AC Plus Data Forms Ji-JiO R Reference Pages R1-R105 R3 Note: Table 3 has not been created for this calculation. However, it is reserved for possible future use.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. I IDate f1 LLJ cr Lkd . Design Bases Accident Condition X Safety-Related 1lNon-Safety-Related Page 2.0-Client ComEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date IProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date File Descriptions Revision 0 File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GOO 1/6/95 11:28:36a General File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R,GOO 1/6/95 11:56:16a General File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2A4DG2.100 1/6/95 10:51:24a Initial File - Original Issue D2A4DG2R.100 116195 11:18:14a Initial File - Original Issue - Reduced Voltage D2TB1DG2.00 1/6/95 9:56:48a Table 1 - Excel File D2TB2DG2.00 1/6/95 10:31:24a Table 2 - Excel File D2TB4DG2.00 1/6/95 10:01:44a Table 4 - Excel File LDGRFDG2.00 1/6/95 10:40:12 Time vs. Load Graph DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6: 3 4 :02 p Flow Chart 1 DRESDG2.WP 1/6/95 7:41:08p Calculation Text - Wordperfect

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 L-unctV"a Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. X. IDt Xý ýSafety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Page .- kA IClient CornEd Prepared by Date JCllent Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date jProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date File Descriptions (cont)

Revision I File Name Date Time File Description D2A4DG2.GO1 9/23/96 2:04p General File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2R.GO1 9/23/96 2:1Op General File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2.101 10/11/96 10:01a Initial File - Data upgrade, see Revision Summary for details.

D2A4DG2R.101 10/11/96 10:08a Initial File - Reduced Voltage, see Revision Summary for details.

D2EXCEL.XLS 10/11/96 1:26p Excel Workbook for Tables 1, 2, 4, and the Time vs. Load Graph. This file replaces files D2TB1DG2.00, D2TB2DG2.00, D2TB4DG2.00, and LDGRFDG2.0O DG2MCAD.MCD 10/11/96 11:29a Mathcad file for Section 10.1 DG2SLINE.PPT 10/11/96 1:39p Single line - Attach E (Powerpoint)

DRESDG2.00 12/19/94 6:34p Flow Chart I (ABC Flowcharter)

DRESDG2.WP 10/11/96 Calculation Text - Wordperfect

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 2.0-5(f .. Q File Descriptions (cont'd)

Revision 2 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2.doc 504320 bytes 8/9/06 7:52:35am Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 (section 10).xls 532480 bytes 7/31/06 2:13:14pm Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev, 2 (table 4).xls 53248 bytes 4/21/06 9:05:56am Table 4 DREUnit2_0003.mdb 1,7977,344 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:49pm ETAP database DRE_Unit2_0003.macros.xml 10595 bytes 8/01/06 10:17:20am ETAP macros DRE_Unit2_0003.scenarios.xml 11572 bytes 7/31/06 10:20:30amr ETAP Scenarios DRE_Unit2_0003.oti 9728 bytes 8/01/06 1:22:48pm ETAP "OTI* file Revision 3 File Name Size Date Time File Description 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3.doc 4,1 T F2/-/ It i: .*,',,. Text document 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (section 10).xls 522752 bytes 3/2/07 7:25:52am4 Section 10.1 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 3 (table 4).xls 55248 bytes 3/9/07 7:48:15am Table 4 R3 DREUnit2 0004.mdb 18,911,232 bytes 3/20/07 11:34:56pm I ETAP database DREUnit2O0004.macros.xml 11206 bytes 3/20/07 9:46:37pm ETAP macros DREUnit2 0004.scenarios.xml 12862 bytes 2/12/07 3:49:12pm 1ETAP Scenarios DREUnit2 O004.oti t5,ebytes I 3/21/07 9:37:49pm ETAP -OTI- file i S'?&o! .OXe q, , '

I

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-1 III PURPOSEISCOPE A. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to ensure that the Dresden Diesel Generator has sufficient capacity to support the required loading during the maximum loading profile as determined in the Calculation Results section.

The purpose of this calculation includes the following:

1) Determine automatically actuated devices and their starting KVA at each step for the ac electrical load when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
2) Develop a Time versus Load profile for the DG when the DG is powering the safety related buses.
3) Compare the maximum loading in ETAP for the DG load profile against the capacity of the DG at each step.
4) Determine the starting voltage dip and one second recovery voltage at the DG terminals for initial loading and each 4000V motor starting step.
5) Evaluate the control circuits during the starting transient voltage dip.
6) Evaluate the protective device responses to ensure they do not inadvertently actuate or dropout during the starting transient voltage dip.
7) Evaluate the travel time of MOVs to ensure they are not unacceptably lengthened by the starting transient voltage dips.
8) Determine the starting duration of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors.
9) Ensure the loading on the EDG is within the 2000hr rating should the frequency on the machine increase to its maximum allowable value. R3 on the EDG.
10) Determine the minimum power factor for the long term loading B. Scope The scope of this calculation is limited to determining the capability of the DG to start the sequential load (with or without the presence of the previous running load as applicable), without degrading the safe operating limits of the DG or the powered equipment & services. The minimum voltage recovery after 1 second following each sequential start will be taken from the DG dead load pickup characteristics and compared to the minimum recovery required to successfully start the motors and continue operation of all services.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 3.0-2G,,'o.r.

PURPOSEISCOPE (cont'd)

The total running load of the DG will also be compared against the rating of the DG at the selected loading step to confirm the loading is within the DG capacity. The scope will also include an evaluation based on review of identified drawings to determine the effects on control functionality during the transient voltage dips.

The EDG has a minimum and maximum allowable frequency range. Operating the EDG at a frequency above its nominal value results in additional loading on the EDG. The percent increase in load due to the increase in frequency will be quantified and compared to the EDG R3 2000 hr rating to ensure the limits of the EDG are not exceeded. The minimum power factor for EDG long term loading will be quantified.

The scope will also include an evaluation of protective devices which are subject to transient voltage dips.

The scope does not include loads fed through the cross-tie breakers between Unit 2 and 3 Buses of the same Division. Although DGA-12, Rev. 16 allows its use, loading is performed manually at Operations' discretion and is verified to be within allowable limits during manual loading.

Therefore, this operation is not included in the scope of this calculation.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-1 IV INPUT DATA The Input data extracted from the references is summarized below:

A. Abbreviations ADS Automatic Depressurization System AO Air Operated Cc Containment Cooling CCSW Containment Cooling Service Water Cig Cooling CInup Clean up Cnmt Containment Comp Compressor Compt Compartment Diff Differential DIT Design Information Transmittal DG Diesel Generator DW Drywell EFF Efficiency EHC Electro Hydraulic Control ELMS Electrical Load Monitoring System ETAP Electrical Transient Analyzer Program R2 Emerg Emergency

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 SargE~hj LL Ldy Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. IDate Z IX Safety-Related INon-Safety-Related Page q.o0-t7 IClient CornEd Prepared by Date

,IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date P1roj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (contd):

ECCS Emergency Core Cooling System FSAR Final Safety Analysis System gpm Gallons Per Minute GE General Electric Gen Generator Hndlg Handling HPCI High Pressure Coolant Injection HVAC Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning Inbd Inboard Inst Instrument Isoln Isolation LOCA Loss Of Coolant Accident LOOP Loss Of Offsite Power LPCI Low Pressure Coolant Injection LRC Locked Rotor Current Mon Monitoring MCC Motor Control Center M-G Motor Generator MOV Motor Operated Valve

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 MOV9a LLjrldy.LL Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.I X ISafety-Related INon-Safety-Related Page '-1/,a3 Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd):

Outbd Outboard PF Power Factor Press Pressure Prot Protection Recirc Recirculation Rm Room Rx Bldg Reactor Building SBGT Standby Gas Treatment System Ser Service SWGR Switchgear Stmn Steam Suct Suction TB Turbine Building Turb Turbine UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply VIv Valve Wtr Water Xfmr Transformer

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 LLaridyL Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.-I IDate X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related lPage q.O _q Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd):

B. Emergency Diesel Generator Nameplate data for the Dresden Unit 2 is as follows

( Reference 24 ):

Manufacturer Electro - Motive Division (GM)

Model A C1 Serial No. 67 - KI - 1008 Volts 2400 / 4160 v Currents 782 / 452 Amps Phase 3 Power Factor 0.8 RPM 900 Frequency 60 KVA 3125 Temperature Rise 850 C Stator - Therm 60 0C Rotor- Res KVA Peak Rating 3575 KVA For 2000 HR YR Temperature Rise 1050C Stator - Therm 70°C Rotor - Res Insulation Class Stator - H Rotor - F Excitation Volts - 144 E_ _ Amps - 100 Diesel Engine Manufacturer Electro - Motive Division (GM)

Model No. S20E4GW Serial No. 1157

/ Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 a~5 Lundv"= Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. I Date X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Pe..

Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Input Data (cont'd)

C. Dead Load Pickup Capability (Locked Rotor Current) - Generator Reactive Load Vs

% Voltage Graph #SC - 5056 by Electro - Motive Division (EMD) [ Reference 13].

This reference describes the dead load pickup capability of the MP45 Generating Unit.

The curve indicates that even under locked rotor conditions an MP45, 2750 kw generating unit will recover to 70% of nominal voltage in 1 second when a load with 12,500 KVA inrush at rated voltage is applied. This indicates that the full range of the curve is usable. Also, page 8 of the purchase specification K-2183 (Reference 12) requires that the Generator be capable of starting a 1250 hp motor (starting current equal to 6 times full load current). The vertical line labelled as "Inherent capability" on the Dead Load Pickup curve is not applicable for the Dresden Diesel Generators because they have a boost system associated with the exciter. Per Reference 40 of this calculation, Graph #SC-5056 is applicable for Dresden Diesel Generators.

D. Speed Torque Current Curve (297HA945-2) for Core Spray Pump by GE (Reference 14).

E. Speed Torque Current Curve (#257HA264) for LPCI Pump by GE (Reference 15).

F. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Table 8.3-3, DG loading due to loss of offsite ac power (Reference 30)

G. Table 1: Automatically ON and OFF devices during LOOP Concurrent with LOCA when the DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 Division II loads (Attachment A)

H. Table 2: Affects of Voltage Dip on the Control Circuits during the Start of Each Large Motor when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment B).

I. Table 4: KW/KVAR/ KVA loading tables for total and individual starting load at each step when DG 2 is powering Unit 2, Division II loads (Attachment C).

J. Dresden DG 2 Calculation 7317-33-19-2, Revision 18 (superseded by this calculation).

K. Quad Cities DG 1 Calculation 7318-33-19-1, Revision 0.

L. Dresden Units 2 & 3, Equipment Manual from GE, Number GEK-786.

M. Dresden Re-baselined Upated FSAR, Revision 0.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 4.0-6 Input Data (cont'd)

N. Guidelines for Estimating Data (Used by Electrical Analytical Division in Various Projects like Clinton, Byron & Braidwood), which is used for determining %PF and efficiency (Attached).

,0. ANSI / IEEE C37.010-1979 for Determining X/R Range for Power Transformers, and 3-phase Induction Motor P. Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR Figure 8.3-4 DG loading under accident and during loss of offsite ac power (Reference 31)

Q. Dresden Appendix R Table 3.1-1, DG loading for safe shutdown (Reference 32)

R. Flow Chart No. 1, showing the source of data and establishing which load is ON when the DG is powering the safety buses during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment H)

S. ETAP Loadflow summary for comparing loading and calculated KVA input of running loads at each step to DG capacity for Unit 2 (Attachments F & G).

I T. S&L Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14 Electrical and Physical Characteristics of Class B Electrical Cables (Reference 11)

U. S&L Standard ESC-165, Revision 11-03 Power Plant Auxiliary Power System Design (Reference 41)

V. S&L Standard ESI-167, Revision 4-16-84, Instruction for Computer Programs (Reference 1)

W. S&L Standard ESC-193, Revision 9-2-86, Page 5 for Determining Motor Starting Power Factor (Reference 39)

X. S&L Standard ESA-104a, Revision 1-5-87, Current carrying Capabilities of copper Cables (Reference 10)

Y. S&L Standard ESC-307, Revision 1-2-64, for checking voltage drop in starting AC motors (Reference 21)

Z. S&L Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-6-91 Electrical Department instruction for preparation, review, and approval of electrical design calculation (Reference 20)

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-7 R3 Input Data (cont'd)

AA. Unit 2 ETAP file from Calculation DRE05-0038, Rev. 000 and QOQA (Reference 60). See Section 2,0 R3 for latest ETAP file.

AB. 125Vdc and 250Vdc Battery Charger, and 250Vdc UPS Models from Calculation 9189-18-19-2 used in ETAP (Reference 54)

AC. Single Line diagram showing the breaker position when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA (Attachment D)

AD. Walkdown data for CCSW Pumps (Ref 35) (Attachment R)

AE. GE Drawing 992C510AB, Dresden Core Spray Pump Motor (Attached)

AF. GE Drawing 992C51 0, Dresden LPCI Pump Motor (Attached)

AG. IEEE Standard 399-1980, Chapter 8, for determining motor starting voltage drop at the source when some running load is already present AH. Western Engine letter dated 1/19/97 to Mr. Wayne Hoan identifying the voltage dip curve applicable to Dresden and Quad Cities (Attached)

Al. Strip Chart (1) for Diesel Generator Surveillance Test: Dated April 19, 1983 AJ. DIT DR-EPED-0861-00 (Attached)

AK. CIS-2: Tabulation for cable lengths AL. Letter dated November 14, 1994 regarding NTS 925-201-94-PIF-01 102 "CREFS Heating Coil -

Dresden and Quad Cities" written by E. P. Ricohermoso AM. DOP 0202-01, Revision 13; Unit 2 Reactor Recirculation System Startup AN. Calculation for Evaluation of 3HP, 460V CCSW Motor Minimum Voltage Starting Requirements; Calculation Number 9215-99-19-1, Revision 1 AO. Hand calculation to determine LRC for CCSW Pumps 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D AP. Calculation for Single Line Impedance Diagrams for ELMS-AC; Calculation 7317-38-19-1, Revision 1 AQ. The maximum allowable time to start each LPCI Pump and Core Spray Pump is 5 Seconds (Reference 61)

r-All MII ATInM4 PA(jF CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 4.0-8(;.--1 AR. The BHP values for the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps after 10 minutes into a LOCA event are provided below (Ref. 65, 66, 67).

Core Spray Pump 2B 883.2 hp (879.6 hp after 2 hrs)

LPCI Pump 2C 639.7 hp (637.2 hp after 2 hrs)

LPCI Pump 2D 619.1 hp (616.6 hp after 2 hrs)

CCSW Pump 2C 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running CCSW Pump 2D 575.0 hp with 1 pump running, 465 hp with both pumps running AS, The 2 EDG Cooling Water Pump has a BHP of 66.28kW with a power factor of 83.0. The efficiency, LRC and starting power factor are 100%, 400% and 31.5% respectively (Ref. 68 & 69)

R3 AT, The RPS MG Sets have a BHP of 3.9kW when unloaded with a power factor of 12.2%. This is based on a 5% tolerance in the data acquisition equipment (Ref. 70)

AU. The HPCI Aux Coolant Pump is manually controlled and not operated during a LOCA (Ref. 71)

AV, Dresden Technical Specification Section 3.8.1.16 allows a +2% tolerance on the nominal 60HZ EDG frequency (Ref. 74)

AW. The continuous rating of the EDG is 2600kW at a 0.8 pf (Ref. 75)

AX. For centrifugal pumps, the break horsepower varies as the cube of the speed (Ref. 76)

AY. The UPS load is 37.5kW at the 480V input (Ref. 77)

AZ. The Turbine & Radwaste Bldg Emergency Lighting Load is 27kW (Ref. 78)

(y CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 5.0-1(;!._4 V ASSUMPTIONS

1) MCC control transformers (approximately 150VA - 200VA each) generally have only a small portion of their rating as actual load and can be neglected.
2) The Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is shown in this calculation as operating as soon as voltage is available on the MCC bus, but this is not the actual case as the pump responds to low day tank level which is normally full prior to DG starting. This is conservative and compensates for Assumption 1.
3) Individual load on buses downstream of 480/120V transformer have not been discretely analyzed to determine transformer loading. This transformer load on the 480V bus is assumed to be the rating of the distribution transformer or an equivalent three-phase loading for single phase transformers, which is conservative.
4) When Locked Rotor Currents are not available, it is considered 6.25 times the full load current. This is from S&L Standard ESC-165 and is reasonable and conservative.
5) For large motors (>250HP), the starting power factor is considered to be 20%. This is typical for large HP motors and does not require verification.
6) The line break is in Loop "A" and Loop "B"is selected for injection.
7) The load on the diesel generator is assumed to increase by 6% when the frequency of the machine is 2% above its nominal value. A majority of the load consists of large centrifugal pumps. The break horsepower of these pumps varies as the cube of the speed. Thus, a 2% increase in speed corresponds to a 6% increase in load (1.023) (Ref. 76). Note that these pumps will operate on a different point on the performance curve and the BHP may actually increase less than 6%.

Therefore, this assumption is conservative.

8) For determining starting time for the large motors, the starting current is assumed to be constant throughout the evaluation. Although the speed-torque curve shows a decrease in current with speed as is expected, using a constant current will simplify the starting time evaluation. Motor starting time would be somewhat less if the speed-current characteristics were included. This assumption of motor starting current is conservative and requires no further verification.

The above assumptions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 do not require verification.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 rg=.". L ..

dy. Design Bases Accident Condition -Rv Date IIX Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page &,.0-IF"V'-

Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date VI. ENGINEERING JUDGEMENT 1.) Based on engineering judgement an efficiency of 90% is to be used to convert the cumulative HP to an equivalent KW for Table 8.3-3 of the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Revision 0. This is considered conservative because the majority of this load consists of 2-4kV motors. Also, this result is only to be used for a comparison.

2.) For the purposes of this calculation, a LOCA is defined as a large line break event.

This is a bounding case, as in this event, the large AC powered ECCS-related loads will be required to operate in the first minutes of the event. In small and intermediate line break scenarios, there will be more time between the LOCA event initiation and the low pressure (i.e. AC) ECCS system initiation.

3.) It Is acknowledged that system parameters (i.e. low level, high pressure, etc. ) for different ECCS and PCIS functions have distinctly different setpoints. For the purposes of this calculation, it will be assumed that these setpoints will have been reached prior to the EDG output breaker closure except as otherwise noted. This is conservative as it will result in the greatest amount of coincidental loading at time t=O-and time t=0+.

4.) Based on the fact that large motors will cause larger voltage dips when started on the diesel generator, the manually initiated loads starting at t=10+ and after will be assumed to be started in the following order:

a) CCSW Pump 2D b) CCSW Pump 2C c) Train B Control Room HVAC

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 7.0-1(('-0 VII ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The following are used for the acceptance criteria:

1) Continuous loading of the Diesel Generator.

The total running load of the DG must not exceed its peak rating of 3575kVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 KW for 2000 hr/yr operation.

Note: The load refinements performed under Revision 003 of this calculation showed that the running load is within the 2600 KW continuous rating of the DG. Should a future calculation revision show that the loading is greater than the 2600KW continuous rating; a 50.59 safety evaluation should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.

The total running load of the DG must not exceed its nameplate rating of 3575 KVA @ 0.8 pf (Ref. 24) or 2860 kW for 2000 hr/yr operation when considering the maximum frequency tolerance. If the EDG is at 102% of its nominal frequency, the EDG load is expected to be 1.023 R3 or 1.06 times larger since a centrifugal pump input BHP varies as the cube of the speed (Ref.

76).

EDG Power Factor during Time Sequence Steps DG2 T=10+m, DG2 T=10++m, and DG2_T=CRHVAC must be >88% (Ref. 79 and 80)

Note: Should a future calculation revision show that the criterion for reactive power during the above noted DG time sequence steps can no longer be met; a review should be performed to assess the impact on the current Dresden design/licensing basis.

2) Transient loading of the Diesel Generator.

Voltage recovery after 1 second following each start must be greater than or equal to 80% of the DG bus rated voltage (Ref. 12). This 80% voltage assures motor acceleration.

The transient voltage dip will not cause any significant adverse affects on control circuits.

The transient voltage dip will not cause any protective device to inadvertently actuate or dropout as appropriate.

" The transient voltage dip will not cause the travel time of any MOV to be longer than allowable.

" The starting durations of the automatically starting 4kV pump motors are less than or equal to the following times (see Section IV.AQ):

Service Allowable-Starting Time (sec.)

LPCI Pump 2C 5 LPCI Pump 2D 5 Core Spray Pump 2B 5

.. I I i.HI I I Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Sage*.* IL.-ndy* Design Bases Accident Condition Rev.

X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related page Client CornEd Prepared by Dat Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by VIII. LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION A. Load Sequencing During LOOPILOCA By reviewing the Table 1 schematic drawings, it was determined that there are three automatic load starting steps, which start the two LPCI Pumps sequentially, followed by the Core Spray Pump. Also, there is another inherent step which delays the large pumps from starting by 3 seconds. This delay is due to the undervoltage relay recovery time, which is interlocked with the timers for the large pumps.

This calculation considers that all the devices auto start from an initiating signal (pressure, level, etc.) or from a common relay start at the same time (unless a timer is in the circuit). It considers all devices are in normal position as shown on the P&ID.

It was found from discussion with ComEd Tech. Staff and the Control Room Operators that valves always remain in the position as shown on the design document.

For long term cooling, manual operation is required to start 2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pumps and associated auxiliaries.

1) Automatic Initiation of DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA The DG will automatically start with any one of the signals below:
  • 2 psig drywell pressure, or
  • -59" Reactor water level, or
  • Primary Under voltage on Bus 24-1, or
  • Breaker from Bus 24 to Bus 24-1 opens, or
  • Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 7 second time delay under LOCA, or
  • Backup undervoltage on Bus 24-1 with a 5 minutes time delay without LOCA.

Upon loss of all normal power sources, DG starts automatically and is ready for loading within 10 seconds (Reference 7, page 8.3-14). When the safety-related 4160V bus is de-energized, the DG automatically starts and the DG output breaker closes to energize the bus when the DG voltage and frequency are above the minimum required. Closure of the output breaker, interlocks ECCS loads from automatically reclosing to the emergency bus, and then the loads are started sequentially with their timers. This prevents overloading of the DG during the auto-starting sequence.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-2 LOAD SEQUENCING OPERATION (cont'd)

2) Automatic Load Sequence Operation for LOOP with LOCA When the DG automatically starts and its output breaker closes to Switchgear 24-1, the diesel auxiliaries and certain MOVs start operating, and the UV relay (IAV 69B) starts its reset recovery timing.
  • As soon as UV relay (IAV 69B) completes its reset, the first LPCI pump starts.
  • 5 seconds after UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the second LPCI pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the LPCI pump start operating.

10 seconds after the UV relay (IAV 69B) reset, the Core Spray pump starts. At the same time, associated valves and equipment with the Core Spray pump start operating.

Automatically activated loads on the DG during LOOP concurrent with LOCA are identified in Table 1.

3) Manual actuation required for long term cooling After 10 minutes of continued automatic operation of the LPCI Pumps and Core Spray system, the operator has to do the following actions to initiate long term cooling (see References 56 and 64):

" Appropriate loads on Bus 24 will be shed and locked out. R2

" At this point the operator can manually close the breaker to the switchgear bus and start one of the CC Service Water pumps, and also opens the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Valve 2B (2-1501-3B).

  • Turn off one of the LPCI pumps R2

" After the first CCSW Pump is started and one of the LPCI pumps is shut off, the operator will start the second CCSW Pump.

After both CCSW Pumps have been started, the operator will proceed to start the Control Room Standby HVAC.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Lundy*.... Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. ate X Safety-Related INon-Safety-Related page 0 -3 Client CorEd Prepared by Date project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date B. Description of sequencing for various major systems with large loads

1) LPCIICC - LPCI Mode LPCI/CC To prevent a failure of fuel cladding as a result of various postulated LOCAs for line break sizes ranging from those for which the core is adequately cooled by HPCI system alone, up to and including a DBA (Reference 6).

LPCI Mode The LPCI mode of the LPCI/CC is to restore and maintain the water level in the reactor vessel to at least two-thirds of core height after a LOCA (Ref. 6).

i) Initiation of LPCI occurs at low-low water level (-59"), low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or high drywell pressure (+2 psig). For the purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that LPCI loop selection and the <350psig interlocks have occurred prior to DG output breaker closure.

  • The Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B receives an open signal and is interlocked open for 30 seconds and then remains open. Note: these valves will be required to close to obtain flow through LPCI Heat Exchanger; See Section VIII.B.3.iii.

" LPCI pump suction valves (1501-5C and 5D) - To prevent main system pump damage caused by overheating with no flow, these valves are normally open and remain open upon system initiation.

  • Containment Cooling valves 1501-18B, 19B, 20B, 27B, 28B, and 388 are interlocked closed.
  • With time delay, the Low Level/High Drywell Pressure signal closes the Recirculation Pump Discharge Valve 202-5A and 1501-22B, opens 1501-21A.
  • LPCI Pump 2C will start immediately after UV relay resets.

" LPCI Pump 2D will start 5 seconds after UV relay resets.

  • LPCI pumps minimum bypass valve (1501-13B) - To prevent the LPCI pumps from overheating at low flow rates, a minimum flow bypass line, which routes

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-4 water from pump discharge to the suppression chamber is provided for each pump. A single valve for both LPCI pumps controls the minimum flow bypass line. The valve opens automatically upon sensing low flow in the discharge lines from the pump. The valve also auto-closes when flow is above the low flow setting.

R2

2) Core Spray The function of the Core Spray system is to provide the core with cooling water spray to maintain sufficient core cooling on a LOCA or other condition, which causes low reactor water, enough to potentially uncover the core.

i) The core spray pump starts automatically on any of the following signal:

0 High Drywell Pressure (2 psig) or,

  • Low -Low reactor water level (-59") and low reactor pressure (<350 psig), or

. Low Low reactor water level (-59") for 8.5 minutes.

ii)The following valves respond to initiation of core spray:

  • Minimum Flow Bypass Valve 1402-38B - This valve is a N.O. valve, which remains open to allow enough flow to be recirculated to the torus to prevent overheating of Core Spray Pump when pumping against a closed discharge valve. When sufficient flow is sensed, it will close automatically
  • Outboard Injection Valve 1402-24B - This valve is normally open and interlocks open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
  • Inboard Injection Valve 1402-25B - This valve is normally closed, but will open automatically when reactor pressure is less than 350 psig.
  • Test Bypass Valve 1402-4B - This is a normally closed valve and interlocks closed with Core Spray initiation.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 8.0-5 Core Spray Pump Suction Valve 1402-3B - This is a normally open valve and interlocks open with the initiation of Core Spray.

3) CC Service Water (CCSW) Pump The CC Service Water pumps provide river water at a pressure of 20 psig over the LPCI water pressure for removing the heat from the LPCI heat exchanger. One CC Service Water pump is sized to assure sufficient cooling in the secondary cooling loop of the CC heat exchanger for LPCI operation, even though there are two CC Service Water pumps per heat exchanger. The pump flow required is 3500 gpm. Each CCSW pump has the flow rate of 3500gpm, so at this rate, one pump is enough for adequate cooling. However, the Dresden Station was licensed on the basis both CC Service Water pumps would be operating.

i) The CCSW pump trips when it senses UV, overcurrent, or a LPCI initiation signal on Bus 24 and will not auto start when the proper voltage is back on Bus 24.

ii)According to Dresden FSAR Section 8, Table 8.2.3:1 two CC Service Water pumps are required during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. After 10 minutes of running both LPCI pumps and the Core Spray pump, the operator manually turns on the CCSW pumps, but is required j R2 for DG loading capacity to turn off one of the LPCI pumps [e.g. pump 2D for this calculation]

before the second CCSW pump is turned on (see References 56 and 64). Dresden Updated I R2 FSAR section 5.2.3.3 analyzed the recovery portion of LOCA for the equipment availability and concluded that one LPCI, one Core Spray, and two CCSW pump is adequate for recovery beyond 10 minutes after LOCA.

iii) After the CC Service Water Pump is turned on, the operator has to open the CC Heat Exchanger Service Water Discharge Control Valve 1501-3B to provide CCSW flow through the CC heat exchanger. The operator at some time during the event will close the CC 3B Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve 1501-11 B to establish LPCI flow through the heat exchanger.

As this is a manual initiation of an intermittent load, this valve operation is not considered in this calculation.

4) Standby Gas Treatment (SBGT)

The purpose of the SBGT system is to maintain a small negative pressure in the reactor building to prevent ground level release of airborne radioactivity. The system also treats the affluent from the reactor building and discharges the treated affluent through a 310 foot chimney in order to minimize the release of radioactive material to the environment.

All, Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 6'gce*V L-undy"v- Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X ISafety-Related 11 iNon-Safety-Related - Page ,' -

Client CornEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date The SBGT system will auto initiate on the following conditions:

1.) A Train in primary, B Train in standby

a. High radiation in Reactor Building Vent System (4mr/hr)
b. High radiation on refuel floor (100mr/hr)
c. High drywell pressure (+2 psig)
d. Low Reactor water level (+8 inches)
e. High radiation inside the drywell (102 x R/hr) 2.) A Train in standby, B Train in primary If the A train of SBGT system is in standby, a timer is enabled which will initiate the A train of SBGT if a low flow is present on B train SBGT for longer than, the allowed time. Per DIS7500-01, this time is set to operate within 18 to 22 seconds Since the Case 2 scenario is after the Core Spray Pump start and before t=10-minutes, B train SBGT will be shown to operate as described in Case 1 above.

Upon initiation, the SBGT system trips the Normal Reactor Building Vent Supply and Exhaust Fans, and closes AO valves. It also trips the drywell and torus purge fans. Inlet Butterfly Valve 7503 (N.O.) remains open. The electric heater raises the air temperature sufficiently to lower the relative humidity. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7504A is normally open and interlocked closed on SBGT system initiation. Motor operated Butterfly Valve 7505A is normally closed and interlocked open upon SBGT system initiation. Motor Operated Butterfly Valve 7507A is normally closed and interlocked open on SBGT initiation. SBGT Fan 2/3-7506A will drive the filtered air out through the ventilating chimney.

5) Control Room Standby Air Conditioning and Emergency Filtration System The Dresden Control Room should be provided with long term cooling and filtration for the operators to mitigate an accident situation and to maintain long-term operability of the control room equipment. The feed for this standby equipment is fed from MCC 29-8, which is tripped on LOOP to prevent initially overloading the DG, and remains open until is manually closed at the appropriate time. The Control Room Emergency Air Filtration Unit (AFU) in this system is required to operate starting 40 minutes after a postulated accident.

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 ESd'q 8-MI Design Bases Accident Condition ~ Rev. I IDate X I Safety-Related INon-Safety-Related JPage *. 0-7 F,, .

Client CornEd Prepared by .Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by ,Date

-Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. [Approved by Date The procedure for securing Control Room HVAC according to DGA-12, Revision 16 is as follows:

1.) Reset UV relays on Bus 29.

2.) Close Bus 29 to MCC 29-8 at MCC 29-8.

3.) At Panel 923-5, start Air Filtration Unit by placing AIR FLTR UNIT BOOSTER FAN A/B control switch in either FAN A or FAN B position.

4.) At Panel 923-5, isolate Control Room by placing CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION switch in ISOLATE position.

5.) If Instrument Air is lost to Booster fan outlet dampers, then manually throttle flow to 2000 cubic feet per minute.

6.) Start Control Room Standby Air Handler Unit and Air Conditioner.

For conservatism, this calculation shows all of the associated CR HVAC to start simultaneously at 10+++ minutes.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-1 IX METHODOLOGY A. Loading Scenarios:

There are three different abnormal conditions on which the Emergency Diesel Generator can be operating:

1) Loss of AC Offsite Power (LOOP)
2) Safe Shutdown Due to Fire
3) LOOP concurrent with LOCA The above scenarios will be compared for total loading and heaviest sequential loading to determine worst case scenario and why the scenario was chosen.

B. Continuous Loading Evaluation The following Attachments are used to determine and develop the continuous loading of the DG:

0 Table 1 a ETAP for the load summary of the loading of the DG at selected steps of automatically R2 and manually started loads (Attachments F & G).

The loading based on the maximum loading scenario, including cumulative proposed modifications to the loading, will be tracked in the ETAP data file. In all of the cases that will be analyzed, the proposed IR2 loading will be greater than that of the existing loading, since all modified load reductions will remain at previous loads until installed and changed to existing. Thus the capability of the DG to pickup the modified loading and operate within the safe operating limit of the DG will envelope the existing loading.

For all of the various steps in the DG load profile, the ETAP total load will be the summation of the R2 steady state load of all running and starting services for the starting step being analyzed.

The ETAP model was revised to mimic the ELMS-AC data files that were part of the calculation prior to Revision 002. Scenarios were created in ETAP to model the various loading steps in the DG load profile as loads are energized and de-energized.

The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. All scenarios use loading category "DG Loading". This loading category was created by duplicating R2 loading category "Condition 3". In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in the "DG Loading" category. Ifthe bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile. No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-2 The scenarios used to model the DG loading in ETAP are listed in the table that follows. The scenarios use one of three loading categories named "DG Ld 0 CCSW", "DG Ld 1 CCSW" and "DG R3 Ld 2 CCSW". These loading categories were created by duplicating loading category "Condition 3".

In cases where a load was identified in loading category "Condition 3" as zero and the load is energized during the diesel loading scenario, the loads were modeled as 100% in these loading R3 categories. If the bhp for a given load in the previous DG data files was different than that in load condition 3, it was revised to match the bhp value in the previous ELMS-AC data files for this calculation. Breakers were added for various loads that change state as part of the DG load profile.

No specific breaker data was entered as these breakers are only used as switches. The breakers were opened and closed as required creating configurations which duplicate the loading, on the DG for each load step previously captured in the ELMS-AC program. The three loading categories are identical except the BHP values associated with the CS, LPCI and CCSW pumps are varied. "DG Ld 0 CCSW" represents the first 10 minutes of the accident where no CCSW pumps are operating.

"DG Ld I CCSW" reflects reduced CS and LPCI loading values after 10 minutes and a 115% bhp loading value for a single CCSW pump in operation. "DG Ld 2 CCSW" is the same as "DG Ld 1 CCSW" except CCSW bhp values are reduced to reflect operation of both pumps.

Four study cases were created for use with this calculation: DG_0_CCSW, DG_1_CCSW, R3 DG_2_CCSW and DG_Vreduced. The first three study cases use the corresponding similarly named loading category and the DGVreduced case uses the DG_0_CCSW loading category as all runs correspond to less than 10 minutes into the event. The generating category was set to "Nominal" and "Gen Min" for the first three study cases and DG Vreduced study cases respectively.

The Unit 2 diesel voltage was set to 100% and 60% for the "Nominal" and "Gen Min" generation categories respectively. 60% was chosen as it envelopes the lowest expected DG terminal voltage.

This value is supported by-the calculations performed in Section 10. In each of these study cases, the Newton Raphson method of load flow was selected with the maximum number of iterations set at 99 and the precision set to 0.000001. Only the initial bus voltages were chosen to be updated as a result of execution of the load flow. No diversity factors or global tolerances were used.

The scenario wizard in ETAP was used to set up the configuration, study case, and output report for each time step in the DG load profile. The study wizard was used to group and run all of the scenarios. Each scenario was run three times in a row as part of each study macro. The results can vary depending upon the order that the study cases are run as certain calculations within ETAP are run using the initial bus voltages in the bus editor. The multiple runs assure a unique solution is reached regardless of the bus voltages in the bus editors prior to each load flow run. The precision for each study case is not accurate enough to guarantee a unique solution. The scenarios used to calculate the loading on the DG during each time step are listed below along with the relevant ETAP settings, configurations, etc.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-3 METUODOLOGY (cont'd)

DG Study Description Scenario Configuration Study Case ýVoitage Output Report Macro DG2_Bkr_Cl DG26Bkr Cl DG00_CCSW 4160V DG2_BkrClose DG2_Vnormal Initial loading on DG due to 480V loads when DG breaker closes DG2_UVReset DG2_UVRst DG00_CCSW 4160V DG2_UVReset DG2 Vnormal Scenario 002_Bkr Cl plus 1 LPCI pump and auxiliaries DG2_T=5sec DG2_T=5sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2 T=5sec DG2 Vnormal Scenario DG2_UVReset plus 2ýd LPCI pump DG2_Tz:10sec DG2_T=10sec DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10sec DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=5sec plus Core Spray Pump and Auxiliaries R3 DG2_Th;10-min DG2 T=10-m DG_0_CCSW 4160V DG2.T=10-min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2_T=10sec minus MOV that have completed stroke 0G2_T--10+min DG2_T=10+m DG_1_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10+mln DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10-min plus 1' CCSW pump and Auxiliaries DG2_TzI0++mn DG2TlO++m DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_T=10++min DG2_Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10+mln plus 2n CCSWV pump and Auxiliaries minus 1 LPCI pump.

DG2_CRJHVAC DG2_CRHVAC DG_2_CCSW 4160V DG2_CR HVAC DG2 Vnormal Scenario DG2 T=10++min plus Control Room HVAC and all other long term loads.

DG2_Bkr'_Vlow DG2_BkrCI DG Vreduced 2496V DG28BkrVred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_BkrCl run at lowest expected voltage DG2_UV_Vlow DG2_UVRst DGVredued 2496V DG2 LVVred DG2_Vreduce Scenario DG2_UV Reset run at lowest expected voltage DG2 T=SsVlo DG2_T=5sec DG Vreduced 2496V DG2-T=5sVred DG2 Vreduce Scenario DG2_T=5sec irun at lowest expected tvoltage DG2 T=10-mLo DG2 T=10-m  ! DGVreduced 2496V DG2_T=10-mred DG2_Vreduce Scenario DG2_T=10-min run at lowest expected voltage

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-4 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)

C. Transient Loading Evaluation.

The following attachments are used to determine and develop the transient loading of the DG:

  • Table 1
  • Table 4
  • Flow Chart 1
  • Use of Dead Load Pickup Curve.

The following formulas will be used to determine the starting KVA on the DG at each step from the motor data provided and the ETAP reduced voltage scenarios. R2 Calculating starting KVA (SKVAR) at the machine's rated voltage (VR)

SKVAR = q3 VR ILRC where, ILRC is the machine's Locked Rotor Current

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 9.0-5 METHODOLOGY (cont'd)

Calculating starting KVA (SKVA) at the machine's rated voltage (V2)

SKVA @ V2 = (V2) 2 / (VR) 2 x SKVAR The starting kW/kVAR for the starting loads in each step will be calculated and tabulated separately in Table 4.

The reduced voltage ETAP files are run for each timeframe immediately preceeding a large motor start with the exception of the last CCSW pump which is bounded by a start of the 1" CCSW pump.

The 1V CCSW pump was modeled as starting concurrent with the auxiliary loads energized concurrently with the 2'd CCSW pump in order to create a bounding case for a CCSW pump start.

The reduced DG terminal voltage is equal to or lower than the voltage dip during the most severe starting step. The reduced terminal voltage will be used to determine an incremental increase in current caused by the running loads operating at lower than rated voltage.

The difference in current will be reflected as the equivalent kw/kvar at full voltage (at the power factor of the running loads) and added to the total starting kw/kvar of the starting loads to determine the net starting KVA.

The power factor of the running loads is taken from ETAP.

Calculating the incremental KVA for previously running loads is done as follows:

lcurTloo% = Taken from ETAP output report from the study cases run at nominal voltage R3 Icuffwuce vae = Taken from ETAP output report from DGVreduced study cases Al = lCuffreduceW vofage - Icurr@100%

AKVA = Al x 013 x 4.16KV Conservatively, the worst voltage drop case due to the presence of running load will be applied to all large motor starting cases. The previous calculation revisions show that the largest voltage dip occurs when the Core Spray Pump starts. Revision 13 of Calculation 7317-33-19-2 shows that the voltage dip is 61.8% of bus rated voltage for Unit 3 when the first LPCI Pump is starting. For conservatism, 60.0% (i.e. 2496V) of bus rated voltage will be used for all running load conditions.

The voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG for the initial start at breaker closing is determined from the EMD's Dead Load Pickup Curve #SSC-5056

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 002 PAGE NO. 9.0-6 (Ref. 13) by using the total starting KVA value from Table 4. Following the initial start, the total KVA is determined by vectorially adding the step starting load KW/KVAR from Table 4, the AKVA I R2 changed to KW/KVAR of the running load of the previous scenario in the ETAP file, and the starting I KW/KVAR of the 4000V motor that is starting to determine the total starting KVA, which is then used to determine the voltage dip and one second recovery at the DG terminals.

The Dead Load Pickup Curve provides initial voltage dip and recovery after I second following a start based on the DG transient starting load. The curve includes the combined effect of the exciter and the governor in order to provide recovery voltages. The voltage dip and recovery analysis utilizes the results of dynamic DG characteristics reflected in the manufacturer's curve. Though the curve shows voltage recovery up to 1 second, the voltage will continue to improve after 1 second due to exciter and governor operation. The DG Strip Chart for the surveillance test (Ref. 23) shows the voltage improvement past 1 second.

To determine motor starting terminal voltage, the cable voltage drop is calculated using the locked rotor current at rated voltage. This is conservative since the locked rotor current is directly proportional to applied voltage.

D. Analysis of control circuits during motor starting transient voltage dip.

When the DG starts a large motor, the momentary voltage dip can be below 70% of generator rated voltage. There is a concern whether momentary low voltage could use certain control circuits to drop-out. Table 2 of this calculation analyzes the effect of an AC momentary voltage dip on the operation of the mechanical equipment. This table analyzes the momentary voltage dip at 5 seconds & 10 seconds after UV reset; and 10 minutes and after for its effect on the operation of mechanical equipment.

E. Protective device evaluation and MOV operating time effects during motor starting transient voltage dip The voltage recovery after one second will be evaluated for net effect on the protective devices.

The duration of starting current is expected to be shorter than operation from offsite power source because of better DG voltage recovery. Because protective devices are set to allow adequate starting time at motor rated voltage and during operation from offsite power, protective device operation due to overcurrent or longer operating time is not expected to be a concern when operating from the DG power during LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The voltage and frequency protection of MCC 28/29-7 has been studied in S&L Calculation 8231-05-19-1

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 gew Laun..rdy, Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Date X Safety-Related I Non-Safety-Related Page9-Client ComEd Prepared by Date Project Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date Proj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date METHODOLOGY (Cont'd)

F. Methodology for Determining Starting Time of Large Motors. (Ref. 42)

To determine large motor starting times, the time needed for the motor to accelerate through an increment of motor speed will be found. This will be accomplished by determining from motor and load speed-torque curves net accelerating torque (i.e. the difference between the torque produced by the motor and the torque required by the load) for each increment of speed. Using the combined motor and load inertia, the time needed to accelerate through the increment of speed can be calculated. All the time intervals will be summed to obtain a total motor starting time. Since motor torque is directly proportional to the square of applied terminal voltage, values obtained from the 100% rated voltage speed-torque curve will be adjusted downward for lower than rated applied terminal voltage. And, since this calculation determines for each motor start an initial voltage and a recovery voltage after 1 second, these two values will be used when adjusting motor torque for applied terminal voltage (i.e. For the initial speed increment and all subsequent increments occurring 1 second or less from the beginning of the motor start period, the initial voltage value will be used to determine motor torque. All later increments will use the I second recovery voltage value.) The time for each speed increment will be found using the following process:

1) At each speed increment, the motor torque will be found at the initial or 1 second recovery motor terminal voltage, as appropriate this will be done using the equation:

T = f(Vterm) 2 / (Vrated) 2] x Motor Base Torque x 100% Voltage Motor Torque from speed-torque curve

2) At each speed increment, load torque will be obtained from the load speed-torque curve.
3) The torque of the load is subtracted from the determined motor torque to obtain the net accelerating torque.
4) Finally the time to accelerate through an RPM increment is found using the following equation:

t = [VK 2(pump + motor) x RPM increment] / (307.5 x Net Accelerating Torque)

5) All the time increments are summed to obtain the total motor starting time.

CALCULATION PAGE CALC NO. 9389-46-19-2 REVISION 003 PAGE NO. 10.0-1 X CALCULATIONS AND RESULTS The following set of Calculations and Results are for the condition when DG 2 is powering the Unit 2 buses.

A. Loading Scenarios:

Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, loading table 8.3-3 shows that the maximum DG 2 loading during LOOP is only 1552 kW.

Dresden Station Fire Protection Reports - Safe Shutdown Report dated July 1993, Table 3.1-1, shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 is 1541 kW, which is adequate for Dresden Station (Note: Note 3 of Table 3.1-1 was considered when calculating this loading).

Also, the Dresden Re-baselined Updated FSAR, Rev. 0, Figure 8.3-4 shows that the maximum loading on DG 2 during LOOP concurrent with LOCA is 2247 kW By comparing all three conditions, it is concluded that the combination of LOOP concurrent with LOCA is the worst case of DG loading. Therefore, LOOP concurrent with LOCA scenario was analyzed in detail in this calculation. -

The load values for the three conditions stated above are historical values and are used only for comparison of load magnitudes to determine the worst-case loading scenario for the Diesel Generator. For currently predicted loading values on the diesel generator, see Section Xl, Subsection A, "Continuous Loading of the Diesel Generator".

B. Continuous Loading Table 1 was developed to show loads powered by the DG and the loads that will be automatically activated when the DG output breaker closes to 4-kV Bus 24-1 following LOOP concurrent with LOCA. The ETAP model was then set up using the "DG Ld 0 CCSW", DG Ld 1 CCSW" and DGIR 3 Ld 2 CCSWV loading categories and the various configurations to model the loads as described in the methodology section. The CCSW Pumps are manually started and a LPCI Pump is turned off to stay within the DG capacity.

Also, for conservatism the Diesel Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps are shown as operating from 0 seconds, even though these pumps will not operate for the first few hours because the Day Tank has fuel supply for approximately four hours.

C. DG Terminal Voltages under Different Loading Steps Figure 2 Load vs Time profile of starting loads for the DG was developed from Table 1 showing loads operating at each different time sequence. The values for the running loads in kW/kVAR/kVA were taken from the appropriate ETAP output report, and the starting values for 480V loads are calculated in Table 4. The following is a sample calculation for LPCI Pump 2C showing the determination of motor starting WA and starting time. It is shown for demonstrative purposes only (based on Rev. 2). Actual calculations for the Unit 2 4.16 kV motors is contained R3 in Section 10.1. This sample calculation is based on use of the ETAP program.

11 1 Automatically Turn On am,, Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Known Fact Assumption / Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

No./ Shed Cub. (P &ID)

No.

24-1 Reactor Bldg. Cooling Water Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage and I Pump 2/3 (213-3701) 12E-2397 H M20 does not auto start.

24-1 LP Coolant Injection Pump 2C No Trip due to bus undervoltage and 6 (2-1502-C) 12E-2436 W M29 auto starts 0 seconds after UV Sh. 2 Sh. 1 relay reset.

24-1 LP Coolant Injection Pump 2D No Trip due to bus undervoltage and 8 (2-1502-D) 12E-2436 W M29 auto starts 5 seconds after UV Sh.2 Sh.1

.... .. .. ._ _relay reset.

24-1 Reactor Shutdown Cooling Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage and 9 12E-2516 G M32 Pump 2B (2-1002-B) will not auto start.

24-1 Core Spray Pump 2B No Trip due to bus undervoltage and 10 (2-1401-B) 12E-2429 X M27 auto starts 10 seconds after UV Sh.2 relay reset.

24-1 Reactor Clean-Up Recirculation Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage and 12 Pump 2B (2-1205-B) 12E-2520 P M30 will not auto start.

24-1 Bus Tie 24-1/34-1 N.O. breaker and does not auto 13 ACB 152-2432 12E-2328 L No dose.

(3-6734-21) 24-1 Reactor Bldg. Cooling Water Yes Trip due to LPCI Initiation and no 14 Pump 2B (2-3701-B) 12E-2397 H M20 auto mode for starting.

29 Fuel Pool Cooling Water Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage, 293A Pump 2B (2-1902-B) 12E-2548 R M31 and no auto mode for starting.

29 2-902-63 ESS UPS Panel No Starts as soon as voltage is 293C (Normal feed) 12E-2811B E restored to Switchgear 29 (0 seconds).

29 Recirculation MG Sets Vent Yes Trips due to UV relay and does 294A Fan 2B (2B-5701) 12E-2420C K not restart.

29 480V MCC 29-3 Yes Trip due to UV and will not auto 294B (Main feed) 12E-2374 S dose.

I Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page Al Proj. No. 9389-46 Page I of 10 DG2EXCELXLS

Ti I Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description*No. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

NoJ Shed (P &lD)

Cub.

No.

29 480V MCC 29-8 Main Feed Yes Trip due to UV and will be 12E-681 IC 294D (2/3-7829-81A) manually dosed by the operator at 10 mrin.

29 S.Turb Room Vent Fan Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage, 12E-2387B G M270 295A (2B-5702) and will not auto start. __I 29 Reactor Building Vent Fan 2B Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage, 12E-2399A K M269 295B (2B-5703) and will not auto start.

29 Reactor Bldg. Exhaust Fan 2B Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage, 12E-2399A K M269 295C (2B-5704) and will not auto start.

29 Reactor Bldg. Exhaust Fan 2C Yes Trip due to bus undervoltage, 12E-2399A K M269 295D (2C-5704) and will not auto start.

29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2C Yes Trip due to core spray initiation 12E-2393 N M273 296A (2C-5734) and will not auto start.

29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2D Yes Trip due to core spray initiation 12E-2393 N M273 296B (2D-5734) and will. not auto start.

29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2E Yes Trip due to core spray initiation 12E-2393 N M273 296C (2E-5734) and will not auto start.

29 480V MCC 29-5 &29-6 Yes Trip due to UV and will not auto 12E-2661 M 296D Main Feed dose.

(2-7829-5Al) (2-7829-6A1) I 29-1 1201208V Distr Xfmr 29-1 No Turn on when MCC 29-1 has full 12E-2677A AF A4 voltage starts at 0 sec.

29-1 Drywell Air Compressor No Will operate at 0 seconds. 12E-2514 C B1 (2-4710-A/B) 29-1 Standby Liquid Control Tank No It will turn on according to a tank Considering worst case, this 12E-2460 W B2 Heater thermistor and off by a tank low equipment will start at 0 seconds. Sh. 1 (2-1103) level cut off switch.

Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page A2 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 2 of 10 DG2EXCELXLS

Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment DesciriptionNo. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ret. Rev Other No./ Shed Ref.

Cub. (P &ID)

No.

2.9-1 Standby Liquid Control Pump 28 Yes Normal position of control aw. is 83 (2-1102-B) 12E-2480 W M33 "of and is not expected to Sh.1 operate.

F29-1 HPCI Floor Drain Sump Pump No Turn on and off by the level Water level in the sUMp pump is 12E-2533 T C1 (2-2301-.250)

'switch. not expected to go up, pump wil 29-1 Drywall and Torus Purge

_______not run. _ _ _ _

Yes Load trips due to LPCI indtiation C3 Exhaust Fan 2B n run . 12E.2393 N M269 and fan will not be started.

(2-57088)

--- ---No Normaely Isolated and de-C24 s ep sn e 1 W

_----- t be used du-ing adng 294. 1CTurb. Inlet Isoaton Valve 'No ~~~~~~term sab&ailz oi-n:-'-- --.. _._ ý0 2 N.O., valve'and iteocked ... 12E-2s2o AF I D1 (2-2301-4) dosed with Isolation signal at 0 M51 Sh2

_ seconds.

9-'Car Puller No Does not operate In auto made.

02 This equipment Is nt e~cted 12-26778 W to be used during accident 29-1 Shutdown Heat Exch. Close conditions.

Yes N.O. and is manually operated It is not expected to operate.

D3 Cooling Water Isolation Valve 12E-26776 W M20 only.

(2-3704) 29-1 1 LPCI Drywel Spray Valve 2C Yes N.C. &interlocked closed by D4 (2-1501-27B) 12E-2440 S M29 LPCI initiation.

29-1 Core Spray Outboard Isolation Yes Sh.1 N.O. and kdioiked open with El Valve 28 (2-1402-24B) 12E-2431 X M27 low Rx. pressure (325 psig).

Sh2

'r.,- U E2 -Opray nrmoara Isolaton No N.C. and interlocked open with Valve 2B (2-1402-258) 12E-2431 X M27 core spray Initiation at 10 seconds. Sh.2 J .1 Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. O02 Page A3 Proj. No. 938946 Page 3 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

Tz 1 Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref NoJ Shed Cub. (P &ID)

No.

29-1 West LPCI/Core Spray Room Yes Pump operates on a level switch. Water level in Core Spray area E3 is 12E-2677C V Sump Pump 2A (2-2001-511A) not expected to go up.-

29-1 120/208V Rail Cask Xfrnr No During DBA condition, this E4 (Receptacle) 12E-2677C V receptacle is not used.

29-1 East LPCI/Core Spray Room N o Pump operates on a level switch. Water level in core spray E5 Area Sump Pump area is 12E-2677C V not expected to go up.

(2001-510 B) 29-1 Post LOCA H2 And 02 No Load will operate at 0 seconds.

E6 Monitoring Sample Pump 2B 12E-6555A E (2-2400-2B) 29-1 LPCI Pump Drywell Spray Yes N.C. and interlocked closed by F1 Discharge Valve 2D 12E-2441 W M29,A4 LPCI Initiaton.

Sh.3 Sh.1 (2-1501-28B) 29-1 Closed Cooling Water Drywell No N.O. and remains open, F3 Return Valve 2A (2-3703A) ...... 12E-2398 D M20 29-1 Drywell I Torus Air Comp. 2B Yes Will not operate, switch is in off Assume in off position. 12E-2372B M F4 (2-8549-B) position.

29-2 125 V Battery Charger 2 No Start at 0 seconds.

Al (2-8300-2) ,,

12E-2389D C 29-2 Diesel Cooling Water No Turns on by the the diesel engine A2 Sump Pump 2 12E-2350B U M22 shutdown relay at 0 seconds.

Sh.1 (2-3903) 29-2 Diesel Starting Air Compressor No Turns on and off by the pressure A3 2B 12E-23508 U M173 switches starts at 0 seconds.

Sh.1 (2-4611 -B)

"IIu dJu Ib IDL iln b f r'Um p ,' Tes I ro py power loss and will not A4 (28-4301) 12E-2370 I R auto start.

Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev, 1 Page A4 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 4 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

ile I Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment DescriptionNo. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

NoJ Shed Cub. (P & ID)

No.

-aft t secons ... __ I-T- '-

29-2 Diesel Oil Transfer Pump 2 No 82 Even though day tank has 12E-23508 U M41 (2-5203) enough fuel for first few hours, Sh.1 Sh.2 for conservatismths pump Is considered to start at time 0 seconds.

29-2 Turbine Deck Vertical Miting No Power avalabla when MCC 29-2 B5 Not expected to used during a 12E-2678B X Machine is re-energized . DBA Condition.

29-2 250 V Batey Charger 213 SotSart at 0 seconds.

B6 12E-26788 X (2/3-8350-2/3) 29-2 Turbine and Radwaste Builtding No Auto starts after I minute. Considering the load to operate 12E-2678B S B7 Emergency Ughting (2-7902) at 10 seconds after UV relay reset 29-2 RX. Protection System M - G No Stops due to power loss and will C2 Set 2B 12E-2692 auto stud at 0 seconds.

(2-8001-B) 29-2 480V MCC 115 Reserve Feed No Reserve Feed is normally Assume Reserve Feed Is not 12E-2678B X C4 (Temporary) do-energized., operating.

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No Turns on by operating the DI Water Pump Cubicle 12E-2678C E M274 CCSWP 2C (starts at 10++

Cooler C Fan 1 (2-5700-30C) minutes).

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No Turns on by operating the D2 Water Pump Cubicle 12E-2678C E M274 CCSWP 2C (starts at 10++

Cooler C Fan 2 (2-5700-30C) minutes).

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No Turns. on by operating the D3 Water Pump Cubicle 12E-2678C E M274 CCSWP 2C (starts at 10++

Cooler D Fan 1 (2-5700-300) minutes).

I Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 0,3 Page A5 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 5 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

Table I Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Descrption/No. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement No./ Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

Shed Cub. (P & ID)

No.

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No Turns on by operating the 12E-2678C E M274 D4 Water Pump Cubicle CCSWP 2C (starts at 10++

Cooler D Fan 2 (2-5700-30D) minutes).

29-2 Diesel Ventilating Fan 2 No Turns on when engine speed is 12E-2350B U M1297 D5 (2-5790) 800 rpm. or greater, start at 0 Sh.1 sec.

29-4 Core Spray Pump Suction Yes N.O. & interlocked open by core 12E-2432 W M27 Al Valve 2B (2-1402-3B) spray initiation.

29-4 Core Spray Test Bypass Yes N.C & interlocked closed by A2 12E-2433 M M27 Valve 2B Core Spray initiation.

(2-1402-4B) 29-4 LPCI Pump 2C Suction Valve Yes N.O. interlocked open by LPCI A3 12E-2440 S M29 (2-1501-5C) initiation.

29-4 LPCI Pump 2D Suction Valve Sh. 1 Yes N.O. interlocked open by LPCI A4 12E-2440 S M29 Sh.1 (2-1501-5D) initiation.

29-4 LPCI Torus Spray Valve 2C Yes N.C. & interlocked closed by 11 12E-2441 W M29 (2-1501-38B) LPCI initiation. Sh.1 Sh.1 29-4 1 LPCI Torus Spray Valve 2D Yes N.C. &interlocked closed by 82 (2-1501-208) 12E-2441 W M29 LPCI initiation. Sh.2 29-4 LPCI Torus Ring Spray Valve 2C Yes Sh. 1 N.C. &interlocked closed by 12E-2441 83 (2-1501-18B) W M29 LPCI initiation. Sh.1 29-4 LPCI Torus Ring Spray Sh.1 Yes N.C. &interlocked closed by B4 Valve 2D 12E-2441 W M29 LPCI Initiation. Sh.2 (2-1501-198) Sh.1 29-4 Refueling Floor JIB Cranes No It is expected that the refueling 12E-2680B N C1 (2-899) JIB cranes will not be used

__ __ __ __during DBA. . _.

CaIc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page A6 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 6 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS.

. ,1. 1 Automatically Turn On ano Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Descsiption/No. T __________ ________

NoJ L~oad Shed Mnown i-act Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

Cub. (P & ID)

No.

mill ..........

294 Containment Cooing Heat I

.1 I-I I L.-

No N.O. and int*ocked cdosed when 4 12E-2440 M29 C2 Exchanger Discharge Valve 2B S service water pump is not Sh.1 (2-1501-31) running, operator has to open valve before starting CCSWP at 10 rain.

29-4 LPCI Header CrossTie Isolation * - 10mm. 4 1 C3 Valve 2B (2-1501-32B)

Yes N.u. and intOcKeO open. 12E-2440 S M29 Sh.1 29-4 LPCI Pump Flow Bypass I i

& T.

I I I I Sh.1 C4 NoU N.O. and remains open Unil flow Consider the valve to start 12E-2440 S Valve 28 (2-1501-138) M29 is above set point and then it will operating concwramnt with LPCI Shb.

dose. Pump 2C (0 seconds after UV reset).

2 CI Auxiliary Coolant Pump .

No

-- I D2 (2-2301-57) 12E-2531 AS M51 Me t- r.-Icc 29-4 HPCI Pump 2 Area Cooling Unit 7 - ~

D3 No Start at U seconds. 12E-2393 N (2-5747) 294 LPCI I Core Spray Pump Area

4 Start at 0 seconds after UV relay t I 12E-23931-1 N Cooling Unit 28 (2-57468) 12E-2393 N reset 29-4fDiesel Ciuating Water Heater No F.2 2/3 - . t iopeuldo at U seconis. 12E-2351B AL Sh. 2 29"4 Engie Lube Oil Circulating E2 LUUU ub pump sarts at U sec. 12E-2351B AL Pump Motor (1HP) No Sh. 2 (2/3-6699-11 i1n13) 29-4 Engine Lube Oil Circulatin_

E2 LuaU P pump suss t U Sec.

Sb. 2 Pump Motor (3/4HP) .1 12E-23518 AL (2/3-6699-1111113) Sh. 2 Sh. 2 Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. ***a Page A7 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 7 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

a01 Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Descriplion/No. Load No./ Known Fact Assumption i Eng. Judgement Shed Dwg. Rot. Rev Othe Ref.

Cub. (P & ID)

No.

29-4 Core Spray Pump Rociro. No NO. and If selected by the loop E3 Isolation Valve 28 (28-1402- Consideing worst cndition, 12E-2433 M M27 selection logic for injection, valve will dose concurrent with 38B) closes when Core Spray Core Spray Pump start (10 injection is sensed. seconds).

29-4 LPCI Heat Exch.By pass No N.O. and remains open.

E4 Valve 2B (2-1501-118) 12E-2440 N M29 Sh.1 29-4 HPCI Turbine 01 Tank Heater. No Turn on or off by he thimostat E5 12E-2532 V setting. Consider worst case starting at 0 seconds.

29-7 LPCI Outboard Isolation Valve No N.O. and remains open. Remains open because break is 12E-2441A A3 28 (2-1501-218) W M29 assumed in Loop "A!and Loop Sh,1

  • B"is selected to operate.

29-7 Recirc. Pump 2B Discharge 81 Bypass Valve (2-202-78) Yes N.C. and Interlocked dosed by RX. pressure below.set poin.*LS. 12E-2420B M M26 29-7 Recirc. Pump 28 Discharge No N.O. & interlocked dosed by It was assumed tiat the break B2 Valve 12E-2420B M M26 LPCI initiation If selected by the occurred at Loop OA and the (2-202-5B) loop selection logic, Sh.2 loop selection logic selected 29-? Recvc.Loop Equalizing Valve 28 Loop "B"to operate.

Yes N.C. and interlocked dosed by Itwas assumed that the break 83 (2-202-68B) 12E--2420B M M26 RX. low water level and drywel occurred at Loop 'A' and the hNah pressure loop selection logic selected Sh.2 Loop "I" to operate.

-4 Vav " 2 i&Z =


- 11 29-7 02 ,

_,0 r %

Recirc. Pump 2B Suction Valve (2-202-48)

No high pres ue.

N.O. and remains open.

I I

12E-242078M

_1 --

M26 s1._

Ir,OZk Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 001 Page A8 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 8 of 10 DG2EXCELXL3

tble I Automatically Turn un and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

NoJ Shed Cub. (P & ID)

No.

29-7 LPCI Inboard Isolation Valve 28 No N.C. and interlocked open by It was assumed that the break C3 (2-1501-22B) 12E-2441A W M29 LPCI Initiation when selected by occurred at Loop "A" and the Sh.1 the loop selection logic circuit, loop selection logic selected Loop "B"to operate.

28-7 LPCI Inboard Isolation Valve 2A No N.C. and interlocked dosed with It was assumed that the break 12E-2441 W M29 83 (2-1501-22A) LPCI Initiation, when it is not occurred at Loop "A"and the Sh.4 Sh.1 selected by LOOP logic ckt. loop selection logic selected Loop "B" to operate.

28-7 Recirc. Loop Bypass Valve 2A Yes N.C. and interlocked dosed at This is assumed to be the N.C. 12E-2420A P M26 B4 (2-202-9A) LPCI initiation, bypass valve. Sh.2 28-7 Recirc. Pump 2A Suction Valve No N.O. and Interlocked open (no C1 (2-202-4A) 12E-2420A P M26 auto mode).

28-7 Recirc. Pump 2A Discharge Sh.2 No N.O. and interlocked open with It was assumed that the break C2 Valve 12E-2420A P M26 LPCI initiation if not selected by occurred at Loop "A" and the (2-202-5A) Sh.2 the loop selection logic, loop selection logic selected 28-7 Loop "B"to operate.

Recirc. Pump 2A Discharge Yes N.C. and interlocked closed by C3 Bypass Valve 12E-2420A P M26 LPCI initiation.

(2-202-7A) Sh.2 28-7 Recirc. Loop Equalizing Yes N.C. and interlocked closed if C4 It was assumed that the break 12E-2420A P M26 Valve 2A (2-202-6A) selected by the loop selection occurred at Loop "A" and the Sh.2 logic, loop selection logic selected Loop "B" to operate.

28-7 LPCI Outboard Isolation No N.O. and interlocked closed by It was assumed that the break 12E-2441 W M29 D2 Valve 2A (2-1501-21A) LPCI initiation when selected by occurred at Loop "A" and the Sh.3 Sh.1 the loop selection logic, loop selection logic selected Loop "B" to operate.

Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page A9 Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 9 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

T. ,1 Automatically Turn On and Off Devices Under the Design Basis Accident Condition Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment DescriptiordNo. Load Known Fact Assumption I Eng. Judgement Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Ref.

No./ Shed Cub. (P &ID)

No.

29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Inlet No N.C. and opens upon SBGT B4 Damper 2/3A (2/3-7505A) 12E-2400D A initiation. Starts operating at 0 Sh. 1 29-9 seconds.

Standby Gas Treatment Outside No N.O. and closes upon SBGT B5 Air Supply Damper 213A 12E-2400D A initiation. Starts operating at 0 (2/3-7504A) Sh. 1 seconds.

29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Air No Starts operation upon iniation of C4 Heater 213A (2/3-A-7503) 12E-24'00D A SBGT (0 seconds).

29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Fan Sh. 2 No N.C. and opens upon SBGT D2 Discharge Damper 2/3A 12E-2400D A initiation. Starts operating at 0 (213-7507A) Sh. 1 seconds.

29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Fan No Starts operation upon iniation of D3 213A 12E-2400D A SBGT (0 seconds).

L (213-A-7506) Sh. 2 N.O. - Normally Open N.C. - Normally Closed N/A - Not Available Note: All loads that are tripped off and interlocked off or require manual action to restart are considered Load Shed.

Operating loads and loads with auto start capabilities that have power available and do not operate (i.e. an MOV that is N.O.

remains open) are considered NOT load shed. and Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 Page A10//FIAL.

Proj. No. 9389-46 Page 10 of 10 DG2EXCEL.XLS

' t TABLE 2 AFFECTS OF VOLTAGE DIP PURPOSE The purpose of Table 2 is to determine the affects of an AC voltage dip, that is low enough to de-energize control circuits le., contactors, relays, etc., has on the operation of the mechanical equipment.

METHOD Table 2 shows the results of the review. The conclusion of Table. 2 is shown in the analysis of data section.

Below is the explanation for each column in Table 2.

I, Table 2 Column Description Explanation of What is Shown in the Column X -

Equipment Description/No. This column lists all of the loads connected to the DG buses. It is the AZ mRD sau' list as shown in Table 1. Og r

oC Load Shed All loads that are tripped off and interlocked off or requlre 2 manual action to restart are considered load shed. Operating loads and loads with auto start capabilities that have-power and available that do not operate ( i.e. an MOV that Is N.O.

remains open) is considered not load shed.

Will the voltage dip at The "affect" looked for is that the control circuit per the referenced 5 seconds, 10 seconds, schematics is de-energized or energized by a voltage dip. If the circuit and 10 minutes affect the was not energized before the dip and/or the energized state of the circuit equipments' operation did not change due to a dip, the answer is no. If the energized state of the circuit changed, the answer is yes.

(Question 1)

,LE 2 S

AFFECTS OF A VOLTAGE DIP Table 2 Column Description Explanation of What is Shown in the Column Will the equipment restart This question is to verify that equipment required is restarted auto-after the voltage recovery matically after a voltage dip. Only AC control circuits need to be considered. DC control circuits will be unaffected by an AC voltage (Question 2) dip. Circuits that have seal-in contacts are types that would not restart.

Will the equipment operate in If the answer to Question 1 is yes, and to Question 2 is yes, then an adverse mode due to a voltage Question 3 has to be answered. The "adverse modes" looked for are dip items like, valves moving in the wrong direction, time delay relays being reset by the dip causing equipment to operate for shorter or (Question 3) longer periods than required, etc.

U Will the time delay in operation If the answer to Question I is yesi and 2 is yes, Question 4 has to cause any adverse affect be answered. The time delay referred to is the one second it takes the DG to recover 6 above 80% after the start of a large motor; The M adverse affects looked for are items like, could within one second z (Question 4) the room temperature rise excessively if a cooler is de-energized, O r if a valve travel requires one more second to operate will its total C travel time exceed design limits, etc. ME The "no" answers to this question are based on the following engineering Judgements:

a. Reference 53 provides a comparalson between allowable and measured and/or calculated valve stroke times for the valves in question.

This shows that the addition of 2 seconds to the stroke time of any valve will not result in the total stroke time exceeding the maximum allowable stroke time.

b. Based on Engineering Judgement. 2 second time delays in room coolers.

pumps, etc. would not cause rooms, equipment. etc. to overheat. etc.

Page 52 Proj.NO.389- 44p

e TABLE 2 AFFECTS OF A VOLTAGE DIP Table 2 Column Description Explanation of What is Shown in the Column

c. Instrumeot bus loads may give erroneous readings for a fraction of a second due to momentary sharp voltage drop. But the instrument bus is designed with transfer switch, which takes about one second to transfer the loads. Therefore, the operators are familiar with the behavior of these loads during abnormal condition. This will not require any special attention of the operators.

Drawing Reference This drawing shows the main schematic or wiring diagram for the control circuit reviewed.

Revision This is the revision number of the drawing referenced above. M z

Other Reference Other references used to understand the operation of control circuit may nz z

be listed here or see the main reference section of this calculation. on r"

MA C

z C

0 0

P P

I

-J Paoe N i4 Proh: No.-9389 4&-

W

AFFECTS OF . JLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev OQlhr No. Shed 5s, 10s, & 10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipment's recovery ? operate in adverse affect?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

24-1 Reactor Bldg. Cooling Water Yes No NIA N/A N/A 12E-2397 1 Pump 213 (2/3-3701) H M20 24-1 LP Coolant Injection Pump 2C No Yes. The pump might Yes. Interlock relay No No 12E-2436 W M29 6 (2-1502-C) slow down controlled by 125V Dc Sh.2 Sh. 1 momentarily 24-1 LP Coolant Injection Pump 2D No Yes. The pump might Yes. Interlock relay 8 No No 12E-2436 W M29 (2-1502-D) slow down controlled by 125V Dc Sh. 2 Sh. 1 momentarily 24-1 Reactor Shutdown Cooling Pump Yes No N/A N/A N/A 12E-2516 G M32 9 28 (2-1002-B) 24-1 -Core Spray Pump 28 No Yes- The pump might Yes. Interlock relay No No 10 (2-1401-B) 12E-2429 X M27 slow down controlled by 125V Sh.2 momentarily. DC.

24-1 Reactor Clean-Up Yes No N/A N/A 12 Recirculation Pump 2B N/A 12E-2520 P M30 (2-1205-B) 24-1 " Bus Tie 24-1/534-1 No No N/A N/A 13 ACB 152-2432 N/A 12E-2346 AC (3-6734-21) Sh. 1 24-1 Reactor Bldg, Cooling Water Yes No N/A N/A 14 Pump 2B (2-3701-8) N/A 12E-2397 H M20 29 Fuel Pool Cooling Water Yes No N/A N/A 293A Pump 2B (2-1902-B) N/A 12E-2548 R M31 29 2-902-63 ESS UPS Panel No I No. The back-up Yes 293C (Normal feed) No No 12E- E power supply is from 28118 25OVdc Battery 29 Recirculation MG Sets Vent Yes 294A No N/A N/A Fan 28 (21-5701) N/A 12E- K 2420C Cato. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision 1 Page No. B4 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS Table 2

Ti -7

.2 N AFFECTS OF -)LTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Other No. Shed 5s, 10s, & 10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipment's recovery? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

29 S.Turb Room Vent Fan Yes No NIA N/A N/A '12E G M270 295A (2B-5702) 23878 29 Reactor Building Vent Fan 2B Yes No N/A N/A N/A 12E- K M 269 295B (2B-5703) 2399A 29 Reactor Buildg Exhaust Fan 2B Yes No N/A N/A N/A 12E-295C (28-5704) K M269 29 2399A Reactor Bldg. Exhaust Fan 2C Yes No N/A N/A N/A 12E-295D (2C-5704) K M269 2399A 29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2C Yes NIA NIA N/A N/A 12E-2393 296A (2C-5734) N M273 29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2D Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E-2393 296B (2D-5734) N M273 29 Drywell Cooler Blower 2E Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E-2393 296C (2E-5734) N 273 "M

29-1 120/208V Distr Xfmr 29-1 No Yes. Transformer Yes. No auxiliary relay A4 No No 12E- AF might be momentarily interlock 2677A 29-1 I interrupted.

Drywell Air Compressor No Yes. Compressor Yes. Interlocked with No No B1 (2-4710-A/B) 12E-2514 C might slow down vacuum switch.

29-1 momentarily, Standby Liquid Control Heater No Yes. Heater output Yes. Interlocked with No No 12E-2460 W momentarily.

29-1 Standby Liquid Control Pump 2B Yes N/A N/A N/A B3 (2-1102-B) N/A 12E-2460 W M33 SH. 1 Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision 1 Page No. B5 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS Tau*e 2

AFFECTS OF JLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips C Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref, Rev Other No. Shed 5s. 10s, & 10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipmenrs recovery ? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

29-1 HPCI Floor Drain Sump Pump No No. Pump is not N/A N/A N/A 12E-2533 T C1 (2-2301-250) operating. Float switch on low level.

29-1 Drywell and Torus Purge Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E-2393 N M269 C3 Exhaust Fan 2B (2-57088) 29-1 ACAD Air Compressor No No. Compressor is Yes. No N/A 12E-6556 C4 (2-2501) E shown to start after 10 I_ minutes.

29-1 HPCI Turb. Inlet Isolation Valve No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay is D1 (2-2301-4) No No. Increased 12E-2529 AF M51 momentarily, powered by 125Vdc. operating time is within Sh.2 Interlock relay will acceptable limit.

energize with low RX pressure, steam line 29-1 break ETC.

Car Puller No No. Not required, D2 N/A N/A N/A 12E- W 29-1 Shutdown Heat Exch. Yes 2677B N/A N/A N/A D3 Closed Cooling Water NIA 12E- W M20 Isolation Valve (2-3704) 26778 29-1 LPCI Drywell Spray Valve 2C Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E-2440 D4 (2-1501-27B) S M29 Sh.1 29-1 Core Spray Outboard Isolation Yes N/A El N/A N/A N/A 12E-2431 Valve 28 X M27 29-1 Core Spray Inboard Isolation No Yes. Valve might stop Sh.2 Yes. Interlock relay No No. The increased E2 Valve 2B operating momentarily, 12E-2431 X M27 controlled by 125V operating time is within (2-1402-25B) Sh.2 I DC. the acceptable limit Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision 1 Page No. B6 Pwj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS T-Wb 2

T.t 2 AFFECTS OF JLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment No. Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Shed 5s, lOs, & 1Omin. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Rel.

affect the equipments recovery ? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

29-1 West LPCI/Core Spray Room Yes N/A E3 N/A N/A N/A 12E- V Sump Pump 2A (2-2001-511A) 2677C 29-1 12U0208V Rail Cask Xfmr No No. Receptacle is not E4 N/A N/A N/A 12E (Receptacle) used during plant DBA V 2677C condition.

29-1 East LPCI/Core Spray Room Area No No. Pump is not No. Not required. N/A N/A E5 Sump Pump operating. Level 12E- V (2001-5108) 2677C switch at low level.

,r-I Post LOCA. H2Z & 02 Monitoring No No. Pump may slow Yes No N/A 12E-E6 Sample Pump 2B E down momentarily. 6555A (2-2400-2B)

LPCI Pump Drywell Spray +/- __________________ .1________

Yes N/A N/A 4 N/A N/A 12E-2441 F1 Discharge Valve 2D W (2-1501-28B) Sh.3 Closed Cooling Water Drywell NO

. 4 . .. .. . .

F3 No. N/A N/A N/A 12E-2398 D M20 Return Valve 2A (2-3703)

Drywell / Torus Air Comp. 213 l~ res l ~... 4 4 1 N/A N/A N/A F4 (2-8549-B) N/A 12E- M 29-2 23728 125 V Battery Charger 2 No Yes. Charger output Yes. No auxiliary relay 2372 Al (2-8300-2) No No 12E- C might decrease Interlock. 2389D momentarily.

29-2 Diesel Cooling Water I 1

A2 I IMr.

~iJ NoI Yes. Pump might stop Yes. Interlock relay F No 4 SumpPump2 No 12E- U M22 momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc.

(2-3903) 23508 A __________________

___________ 1___________________ Sh I Calc. No, 9389-46-19-2 RevLsico 1 Page No. 87 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS Table 2

AFFECTS OF LAGE DIP Dreden station - Unit 2 Lquipment uescnption/No. Load Wll the votge dips a Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev OUler No.

Shed 5s, 10, & 10mtn. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipmenrs recovery ? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage

,,)£ D%

dips ?

Diesel Starting Air No Yes. Compressor I J. 1.

A3 Yes. interlocked with No .1___________________

No 12E- U M173 Compressor 28 might stop pressure switch only. 23508 (2-4611-5)

Condensate Transfer Pump 2B momentarily. S I A4 Yes NO N/A N/A N/A 12E-2370' R (2B-3319)

I1 2 12-1--o8xrmr iinu T.. f'vg '-4 L I 4 1 -4. - .

raesfo~e~

Nc 26788 2fl lnternrnted I ____________________ ... I ...II .. ... . .F ie,* Vle l Transferl (2-5203) P'ump 2 No No. This pump will not Interlocked with level N/A B2 N/A 12-2350B U M41 operate for the first 2 switch only. Sh.1 Sh.2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. See Assumption 2 In text.

29-21 Turbine Deck Vertical Milling No0 No No. Not expected to B5 Machine N/A N/A 12E- X be used during OBA 2678B 29-21 "--250 V Battery Charger 2/3 Condition.

NU B (2/3-8350-2/3) Yes, Cnarger ouput Yes. No auxiliary relay No No 12E- X might drop interlock 2678B momentarily.

W29. Turbine and Radwaste Building 7 Ndo Yes. Lighting might Yes. Interlock relay *1 J.I 57 Emergency Ughting No No 12E- S dim momentarily. will energize when (2-7902) 2678B 29-2 voltage is bacK.

RX. Protection system t . 4 4.

C2 M-G Set 2B 1"4$ es. Motor mugrh slow Yes. No. N/A down momentarily. 12E-2592 J (2-8001-B) 292 48V MCC" 115 Reserve Feed C4 (Temporary) No " No. NormalFeed is N/A N/A 12E- X assumed to feed this 26788 MCC.

Cab. No. 93&,8-46-19-2 Revision a ,

Page No. B8 Proj, No. 9384*06 TaIoe 2

T -2 AFFECTS 01 JLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment No. Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Other Shed 5s, 10s, & 10min' start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipments recovery ? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No No. Fan will operate D1 N/A N/A N/A 12E-Water after the second E M274 Pump Cubicle Cooler C Fan 1 2678C CCSWP is operating (2-5700-30C) at 10-++ minutes.

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No No. Fan will operate D2 N/A N/A N/A 12E-Water after the second E M274 Pump Cubicle Cooler C Fan 2 2678C CCSWP is operating (2-5700-30C) at 10++ minutes.

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No No. Fan will operate N/A N/A N/A 12E-D3 Water after the second E M274 Pump Cubicle Cooler D Fan I 2678C CCSWP is operating (2-5700-30D) at 10++ minutes.

29-2 Containment Cooling Service No No. Fan will operate 04 N/A N/A N/A 12E-Water after the second E M274 Pump Cubicle Cooler D Fan 2 2678C CCSWP is operating (2-5700-30D) at 10++ minutes.

29-2 Diesel Ventilating Fan 2 No Yes. Fan might stop 05 Yes. Interlock relay No No (2-5790) momentarily, 12E- U energizes when 2350B

___________Q____Ivoltage is back. Sh. 1 v F all~y l rlip oUILI kil l ¥§ N/A N/A N/A N/A Al Valve 2B 12-2432 W M27 (2-1402-38) 29-4 Core Spray Test Bypass Valve 2B Yes I i I A2 N/A N/A N/A N/A (2-1402-4B) 12E-2433 M M27 LPCI Pump 2C Suction Valve Tes I 1 4 1 A3 N/A N/A N/A N/A S (2-1501-5C) 12E-2440 M29 Sh.1 29-4 LPCI Pump 2D Suction Valve V * -- *... "H. . ... ." 'Sh.'I...

1A4 T t=:5 M/A N/A NIA N/A (2-1501-51) 12E-2440 S 1M29 ISh-l I ___________________________ j ________________ J___________________________ J_____________ Sh.1 Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision I Page No. 89 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS TW 2

AFFECTS OF - .TAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 7Bus Equipment Des h.=ptijAyNo. Will the voltage dips a No.

Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Shed 5s, los, &10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Other affect the equipment's recovery ? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

LPCI Torus Spray Valve 2C Yes

.... 1 - i1 dips?

- 4I I ________ I N/A N/A N/A N/A 81 (2-1501-38B) 12E-2441 W M29 Sh. I Sh.1 29-4 I N/A, LPCI Torus Spray Valve 2D Yes 132 N/A N/A NIA N/A 12E-2441 W M29 (2-1501-208) Sh.2 Sh.1 29-4 LPCI Torus Ring SpIay Valve 2C1 I I I N/A 4 w 4 (2-1501-18B) yes N/A N/A 83 N/A N/A 12E-2441 W M 29

=29-4 Sh,1 LWCI Tous Ring spray valve 20 N/A W I Ye N/PA N/A N/A 84 (2-1501-19B) W/A 12E-2441 W M29 Sh,2 29-4 Refueling Floor JIB Cranes 4 1. N/A 4 w NIo -

No. tquipment is not N/A N/A N/A SM C1 (2-899) 12E- N operating. 2680B Containment Cooling Heat N/A N C2 Exchanger Discharge Valve 28 No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. interlock relay No No 8 12E-2440 M29 momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc. Sh.1 (2-1501-3B) 29-4 LPCI Header Cross-Tie yes Sh.

C3 N/A N/A N/A N/A Isolation Valve 28 12E-2440 S M29 (2-1501-328) Sh.1 LPCI Pump Flow Bypass No' C4 No. N.O. & remains Yes. Interlock relay ShJ Valve 2B (2-1501-138) No No 12E-2440 S M29 open. Valv e Is not controlled by 125Vdc. Sh.1 operati ng.

1-1P--Auxiitary Coolant Pump No D2

,' . ,=..

I I No I 4 Sl~ 1 (2-2301-57) No 12E-2531 AS M51 D3 29-4 D4

-IPCi Pump 2 Area Cooling Unit (2-5747)

LPCI / Core Spay Pump

  • No

';No Yes. Pump mnight stop Yes. Interlocked only Yes0 moment arlly. with a temperature Pump Might stop Yes. Intedocked only No No 12E-2393 N I Area Cooling Unit 28 No No 12E-2393 N moment arly. with a temperature (2-5746B) switch.

Caic. No. 83W9-46-19-2 Rmiiosn 46%

POg. No. 810 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2E.XCEL.XLS

TI --!.2 AFFECTS OF jLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2

, , j .. . . . ..

Bus Equipment Description/No. ,, ,

Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Other No. Shed 5s. 10s, & 10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipment's recovery ? operate in adverse affect?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage

___ _ _ _ _I~

dips ?

i - i 29-4 Diesel Circulating Water Heater Yes. Heaters output i - T-No tl--=

Yes 51A INoU N/A 12E-E2 2/3 might decrease 2351B I I I momentarily. Sh. 2 29-4 Engine Lube Oil Circulating No Yes. Pump might stop a- Yes. Pumps restart a. b

  • NO I .

&l-- I 12E-E2 Pump Motor (1HP) NO momentarily. when voltage is 2351B (2J3-6699-111/113) available. Sh. 2 29-4 Engine Lube Oil Circulating No Yes. Pump might stop-I Yes. Pumps restart.1 -. I NO "Jo 12E-E2 Pump Motor (3/4HP) momentarily.

NIo when voltage is 2351B (2/3-6699-111/113) available. Sh. 2 29-4 Core Spray Pump Recirc. No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay E3 No No. The increased 12E-2433 M M27 Isolation Valve 2B momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc.

(2-1402-38B) operating time Is within 29-4 LPCI Heat Exch.By pass Valve 2B the acceptable limit.

No No. No. No E4 (2-1501-11B) N/A 12E-2440 S M29 29-4 HPCI Turbine Oil Tank Heater Sh.1 No Yes. Heaters output Yes. Interlocked with No E5 No 12E-2532 V might decrease a temperature switch.

momentarily.

29-7 LPCI Outboard Isolation Valve 2B No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay A3 No No. The Increased 12E- W M29 (2-1501-218) operating momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc. operating time is within 2441A ShA1 29-7 Retirc, Pump 2B Discharge the acceptable limit. I Yes N/A N/A N/A B1 Bypass Valve N/A 12E- M M 26 (2-202-7B) 24208 Sh.2 29-7 Recirc. Pump 28 Discharge Valve No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay B2 (2-202-5B) No No. The increased 12E- M M 26 operating momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc.

operating time is within 24208 Sh.2 29-7 Recirc.Loop Equalizing Valve 21 the acceptable limit.

Yes N/A N/A B3 (2-202-6B) N/A N/A 12E- M26 24208 Sh.2 Cabc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision 1 Page No. 311 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCELXLS

  • abtb 2

AFFECTS OF JLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Rev Other No. Shed 5s, 10s, & 10mn, stait after voltage equipt operaton cause any Ref.

affect the equipments recovery? operate in adverse affect ?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage dips ?

29-7 Recirc. Equalizing Bypass Valve No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay No No. The increased 12E- M M26 B4 2B operating momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc. operating time Is within 2420B Sh.2 (2-202-9B) _.the ... acceptable limit.

29-7 Recirc. Pump 2B Suction Valve No No. N.O. &interlocked No. Not required. No No 12E- M M26 C2 (2-202-4B) open. Valve is not 2420B Sh.2 operating.

29-7 LPCI Inboard Isolation Valve 2B No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay No No. The increased 12E- W M29 C3 (2-1502-22B) operating momentarily, controlled by 125 Vdc. operating time is within 2441A Sh.1 the acceptable limit.

28-7 LPCI Inboard Isolation Valve 2A Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A - 12E-2441 W M29 B3 (2-1501-22A)

Sh.4 Sh.1 28-7 Recirc. Loop Bypass Valve 2A Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E- P M26 B4 (2-202-9A) 2420A Sh.2 28-7 Recirc. Pump 2A Suction Valve Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E- P M26 C1 (2-202-4A) 2420A Sh.2 28-7 Recirc. Pump 2A Discharge Valve Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E- P M26 C2 (2-202-5A) 2420A Sh.2 28-7 Recirc. Pump 2A Discharge Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E- P M26 C3 Bypass Valve 2420A Sh.2 (2-202-7A) 28-7 Recirc. Loop Equalizing Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A 12E- P M26 C4 Valve 2A (2-202-6A) 2420A Sh.2 28-7 LPCI Outboard Isolation No Yes. Valve might stop Yes. Interlock relay No No. The increased 12E-2441 W M29 D2 Valve 2A (2-1501-21A) operating momentarily. controlled by 125 Vdc. operating time is within Sh. 3 Sh. 1 I the acceptable limiL 29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Inlet No Yes. Valve might stop Yes No No. The increased 12E- A B4 Damper 2/3A operating momentarily. operating time is within 2400D (2/3-7505A) the acceptable limit. Sh. 1 Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision I Page No. 812 Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS Tubte 2

T_ .2 AFFECTS OF VOLTAGE DIP Dresden Station - Unit 2 Bus Equipment Description/No. Load Will the voltage dips @ I Will the equipment Will the Will the time delay in Dwg. Ref. Other No. Shed 5s, 10s, & 10min. start after voltage equipt operation cause any Ref.

affect the equipments recovery ? operate in adverse affect?

operation ? adverse mode due to the voltage

-~

dips ?

29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Outside ~-4 No Yes. Valve might stop

  • -. t P40 T No. The increased 12E-B5 Air Supply Damper 213A operating momentarily.

No. NO operating time is within 2400D Ar (2/3-7504A) the acceptable limit. Sh. 1 29-9 jStandby Gas Treatment Air Heater J.-J.

No Yes. Heater output 1 Yes I NO No I t'4W~ 12E-C4 M23A might decrease INw/%

2400D (WILA-75MI mnmp nt~nriv Sh. 2 29-9 - Standby Gas Treatment No D2 Yes. Valve might stopl Yes Fan Discharge Damper 2/3A operating momentarily. No No. The increased '2E-operating time is within 2400D A (2/3-7507A) the acceptable limit Sh. 1 29-9 Standby Gas Treatment Fan 2/3A No Yes. Motor might slows D3 Yes No N/A 12E- A (2/3-A-7506) down momentarily.

2400D NC - Normally Closed .NO - Normally Open N/A - Not Applicable Caic. No. 9389-46-19-2 Revision I Page No. 813/f',4,.

Proj. No. 9389-46 DG2EXCEL.XLS Table 2

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting 0 Seconds after Closing of DG Breaker Load No. Load Description Bus No. Rating I Unit Vrated I PFY* I Eft. % I LC LRC% SP% SKW SKWVAR 2-902-63 2-902-63 ESS UPS Panel 29 ,From ETAP 379 27.9

_120_208VI UDstr Xfmr 29-1 29-1 9 KVA 480 75 100 10.8 100 75 6.8 6.0 R003 2-1103 Stand-by Liquid Control Heater 29-1 25 KW 440 100 100 32.8 100 100 25.0 0.0 2-2301-4 HPCI Turbine Inlet Isolation Valve 29-1 7.8 HP 460 85 -o 10.7 827 54 38.2 59.6 2-2400-28 Post LOCA H2 & 02 Monitoring Sample Pump 218 29-1 1 HP 460 80 75 1A 625 79 6.1 4.8 2-830-2 125V Battery Charger 2 29-2 From ETAP 34.1 30.6 2-3903 Diesel cooling Water Pump 2 29-2 87 KW 460 83 1 100" 131.6 400 31 5 132.1 397.9 I 2-4611-5 Diesel Starting Air Compressor 2B 29-2 5 HP 460 85 80 6.9 625 58 19.9 27.9 R003 2-5203 Diesel Oil Transfer Pump 2 29-2 1.5 HP 460 80 75 2.3 625 1 75 8.7 7.7 R003 2/3-8350-2/3 25OVdc Battery Charger 2/3 29-2 -. From ETAP ... .. _ 66.1 58.0 2-5790 Diesel Ventilating Fan 2 29-2 30 HP 440 85 85 40.6 625 42 81.3 175.7 2-8001-8 RX Protection System M-G Set 28 29-2 25 HP 440 85 85 33.9 625 43 69.4 145.7 2-5747 HHPCI Pump 2 Area Cooling Unit 29,-4 3 , HP 460 u ... 80. 4.1 65 68 .0 15.1 R003 Diesel Circulating Water Heater 2/3 29-4 15 KW 480 100 100 18.0 100 100 15.0 0.0 2/3-6699-111t113 Engine Lube Oil Circulation Pump Motor (1HP) 29-4 1 HP 460 80 76 1.6 625 79 6.1 4.8 213-6699-1111113 Engine Lube Oil Circulation Pump Motor (314HP) 29-4 0.75 HP 460 80 75 1.2 546 83 4.2 2.8 HPCI Turbine Oil Tank Heater 29-4 9 KW 480 100 100 10.8 100 100 9.0 0.0 2-202-58 Recir. Pump 28 Discharge Valve 29-7 13 HP 460 85 85 16.8 797 49 52.4 93.3 2-1501-22B LPCI inboard Isolation Valve 2B 29-7 10.5 HP 460 85 83.78 13.8 826 43 39.1 82.0 2-1501-21A LPCI Outboard Isolation Valve 2A 28-7 16.2 HP 460 85 85 21.0 723 44 53.2 108.6 213-7504A Stand-by Gas Treatment Outside Air Supply Damper 253A 29-9 0.61 HP 440 80 75 1.0 625 85 4.0 2.5 2/3-7505A Stand-by Gas Treatment Inlet Damper 29-9 1A4 HP 440 80 75 2.3 625 75 8.2 7.2 2/3-A-7503 Stand-by Gas Treatment Air Heater 2/3A 29-9 30 KW 440 100 100 39 .4 00 100' 30.0 0.0 213-7507A Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan Discharge Damper 2/3A 29-9 4.2 HP 460 1 85 80 5.8 625 58 16.7 23.5 2/3-A-7506 Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan 2/3A 29-9 20 HP 460 85 86 25.9 625 44 1 56.8 115.9 Full Load Current (FLC) form HP = (HP x 746)I(1.732 x kV x PF x eff.)

TOTAL STARTING KW & KVAR 13.3 1 1397 IR003 FLC from KW = KW / (1.732 x kV x PF x eff.)

FLC from KVA = KVA / (1.732 x kV x efft)

Starting KW (SKW) = 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) = 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x sin(acos(SPF))

Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev.I Attachment C Page C1 of C6

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting 0 Seconds after UV Relay Resets ILoad No. Load Description Bus No. Rating Unit 0Vratd E0f. %

PF% PLC LRC SP% $KW I SKVAR 2-1501-138 LPCI Pump Flow B ass Valve 28 29-4 0.13 HP 440 80 75 0.2 27 85 0.7 0.4 2-57468 Li'PClICore Spray PUMD Area Cooling Unit 28 29-4 5. HP 1 460 85 o0 6.9 625 58 19.9 27.9 TOTAL STARTING KW & KVAR 26 2.

Full Load Current (FLC) form HP - (HP x 746) 1 (1.732 x kV x PF x off.)

FLC from KWI KW 1(1.732 x kV x PF x eff.)

FLC from KVA = KVA i (1.732 x kV.x eff.)

Starting KW (SKW) = 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) m 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x sin(acos(SPF)) I R002 Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 Attachrment C Page C2 of C6

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting 10 Seconds after UV Relay Resets II .4Ut Load )ascription Unit Vrtald I PF% EfI . ,% IF.LC LRC% SPF% SKW SKVAR ftlm No. Ratin I 2-1401-25B Core SpraY Inboard Isolation Valve 28 29-1 4 HP 440 85 80 5.8 ,829.6 58 21.1 297 2-7902 Turbine &Radwaste Building E ner eny hLjght 29-2 33.78 KW 480 s10 100 36"1w 100 90 27.0 13.1 1R003 2-1402-3613 I III .... Core Spray Pump Retirc Isolation Valve 2B 29-4 0.13 HP 440 1 80 75 0.2 O1 1T527 1 85 0.7 0.4 Full Load Current (FLC) form HP - (HP x 746) 1 (1.732 x WVx PF x eff-)

TOTAL STARTING KW & KVAR 48.9 1 4'3 jR003 FLC from KW = KW / (1,732 x WVx PF x eff.)

FLC from KVA = KVA 1 (1.732 x kV x eft.)

Starling KW (SKW) = 1.732 x kV k LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x sin(acos(SPF))

From ETAP R003 Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev, I Attachment C Page C3 of C6

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting at 10+ Minutes (First CCSW Pump)

ILoad No. ILoad Description I Bus No. I Rating I Unit I Vrated I PF% I Eff. % I FLC I LRC% I SPF% I 8KW+/-SKV,AR 2-1501.38 Containment Cooling Heat Exchanger Discharge Valve2B 2 29-4 1 0.33 1 HP 1 460 1 80 1 75 1 0.5 1 273 , 85 1 1.0 0.6 TOTAL STARTING KW & KVAR 1.0 1 0.6 Fuu LuaU,uIlnIr IHP = (Ht"x7t41) I(1.7;.2 x WVx PF x 1wrm off.)

FLC from KW = KW / (1.732 x kV x PF x eff.)

FLC from KVA = KVA / (1.732 x kV x eft.)

Starting KW (SKW) - 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) = 1.732 x KV x LRC% x FLC x sin(acos(SPF)) I R002 Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 Attachment C Page C4 of C6

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting at 10++ Minutes (Second CCSW Pump)

Load No. Load Description Bus No. Ratin I Unit Vrated PF% Eft. % FLC LRC% SPF% 8KW SKYAR 2-5700-30C1 Containment Coolin Service Water Pump Cooler C Fan 1 29-2"' 3 HP 460 85 80 4.1 625 68 14.0 15.1 2-5700-30C2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pump Cooler C Fan 2 29-2 ' 3 1 HP 460 85 80 4.1 025 68 14.0 . 15.1 2-5700-30D1 IContalnm Cooling Service Water P~p Cooler D Fan 1 29-2 3 HP 1 480 85 80 4.1 . 625 68 14.0 15.1 2-5700-3002 Containment Cooin- Sevice Water Pump Cooler D Fan 2 29-2 3 HP 460 85 80 4.1 625 68 14.0 15.1 TOTAL STARTING KW & KVAR 58.0 60.3 FLC from KW - KW / (1.732 x kV x PF x eff.)

FLC from KVA - KVA / (1.732 x kV x efft)

Starting KW (SKW) = 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) - 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x sin(acos(SPF)) I R002 Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 Attachment C Page C5 of C6

Table 4 DG Auxiliaries and Other 480V Loads Starting after 10 Minutes Load No. Load Description Bus No. Ratin Unit Vrated PF% Eff. % FLC LRC% SPF% 8KW SKVAR 120/208V Distr Xfmr 29-8 29-8 15.00 1KVA 1 480 75 1 100 1 18.0 100 75 11,3 9.9 R002 2/3-9400-102 Control Room Standby AC 294 150.00 HP 460 89.5 1 93 168.7 578 32.2 250.2 735.7 2/3-9400-104A Control Room AFU Booster Fan A 29-8 7.50 HP 480 85 80 9.9 625 56 28-8 4286 2/3-9400-100 Control Room Standby AHU 29-8 50.00 HP 480 85 90 58.6 625 38 1 115.8 281.9 4/J0-40UU-1U1 Lontrol Room AFU Heater I 19 1O.1R I IUIAI A.Rn r Innl I IAA 4 inn vi A () A 1"' I Inn

_____ I _____IflA ~I I~A fifi 1 TOTAL STARTING KW & KVARI 418.1 1 1070.1 AR002 Full Load Current (FLC) form HP = (HP x 746)1(1.732 x kV x PF x eft.)

FLC from KW , KW 1 (1.732 x W x PF x eft.)

FLC from KVA = KVA 1 (1.732 x kV x eft.)

Starting KW (SKW) = 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x SPF Starting KVAR (SKVAR) w 1.732 x kV x LRC% x FLC x sin(aoos(SPF)) IR002 Calculation No. 9389-46-19-2 Rev. 2 Attacinent C Page C6 of C6

Calculation For Diesel Generator 2 Loading Under Calc. No. 9389-46-19-2 Design Bases Accident Condition Rev. Jate X Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Page ID IClient CornEd Prepared by Date IProject Dresden Station Unit 2 Reviewed by Date IProj. No. 9389-46 Equip. No. Approved by Date Attachment D L I

Dresden Diesel Generator 2 LOCA & LOOP Conditions (u0X cm0 I

0 Ld BREAKER IS 1 REMAINS OPEN W. STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOF 4160V, 2860kVA, 0.BPF UL BREAKER MANUAL CLOSE @ 10MIN E BREAKER CLOSE FOR DG LOAD k10 NO - NORMALLY OPEN BREAKER NC - NORMALLY CLOSED BREAKER 3R 24-1 UAT 21 RAT 22 2430 7NO* 2432 "480V SWGR 28 NC

-- I.TO SWGR 34-1 TRANSF

  1. 29 240U NC 2411 NO 1J 2928 2409 NC NC NC 2872 NC 1109 480V SWGR 27 480V SWGR 26 MCC 297MCC 28-7 (Non-Safety)

(Non-Safety)

Figure 1

FIGURE 2 - DG AUXILIARIES AND OTHER 4kV AND 480V LOADS 10#++

Mw*-

(Ns) 04 56 10s 0+ rain 10.+mln I -

L~

.- 1. 0-C

  • LPCI Pump 2C 24-1 a, -

'1502-0 LPCI Pump 2D 24-1

-1401-8 Core Spray Pump 2B 24-1 ~9 a I aG Jill Containment Cooling Service Water 24 Pump 2C Containment Cooling Service Water 24 Pump 20 2-902-63 2-02-3 SSl UPS Panel 29 - - - -- a -

120/208V DlI Xftnr 29.1 29-1 a - ---- - M.

- - - ---- a 2-1103 Stand-b Uu Control Heater 29-1 - a ---- -

2-23014 HPCI Turbine inlet Isolation Valve 29-1 - - aa 2-1402-258 Core Spray Inboard Isolation Valve 28 29-1 2-2400-28 Post LOCA H2 & 02 Monitoring Sample 29-1 -------

Pump 29 2-8300-2 125V Battery Charger 2 29-2 ----- a a 2-3903 Diesel Coolin Water Pump 2 29-2 - - a a a a a 2-4811-8 Diesel Starting Air Compressor 2B 29-2 a a a - a a a a a a 2-5203 Die Oil Transfer Pump 2 29-2 - a a a a - a 23-4350-213 250Vdc Battery Charger 2/3 29-2 - a a a a - a 2-5790 Diesel Ventilating Fen 2 29-2 a a a a a 2-7902 Turbine &Radwasta Building Emergency 29-2 Ughtlng

?-5700-30C1 Containment Cooling Service Water Pump 29-2

_Cooler C Fan I

- ?00-30C2 Containment Cooling Service Water Pump 29-2 Cooler C Fan 2 2-5700-3001 Containment Cooling Service Water Pump 29-2 Cooler 0 Fan I 2-5700-3002 Containment Cooling Service Water Pump 29-2 Cooler D Fen 2 241001-13 RX Protection M-G Set 28 29-2 2-1501-13B LPCI PumpFlow Bpass Valve 2B 29-4 a a

  • 3 2-5747 HPCI Pump 2 Area Cooling Unit 29-4 a - a a - a -

2-57468 LPCI/Core Spray Pump Area Cooling 29-4 a a a a a a

'Unit 28

_ Diesel Clulating Water Heater 2*3 29-4 - a - - a a a 2/3-6899- Engine Lube Oil Circulating Pump 29-4 a a a a a a a 1111113 Motor(0HP) 2/3-6699- Engine Lube Oil Circulating Pump 29-4 - a - a a - -

111/113 Motor (3/4HP) 2-1402-388 Core Spray Pump Recirc. Isolation 29-4 Valve 28 HPCI Turbine Oil Tank Heater 29-4 - - a a a 2-1501-38 Containment Cooling Heat Exchanger 29-4 Discharge Valve 28 2-202-53 Recirc. Pump 28 Discharge Valve 29-7 2-1501-228 LPCI Inboard Isolation Valve 28 29-7

. . '-21A JLPCI Outboard Isolation Valve 2A 1 28-7 i Calculation: 9389-46-19-2 OG2EXCELXLS E Load v.Time (fig 2)

Attachment:

Revision: ---D9 0---- C-1 -f P

FIGURE 2 - DG AUXILIARIES AND OTHER 4kV AND 480V LOADS 10+..

(Os) 0S 53 lOs 10+ min 10++ mm min iad No. Load Description Bus No.

120=208V Distr Xfmr 29-8 29-8 2/3-9400-102 Control Room Standby AC 29-8 2/3-9400-104 Control Room AFU Booster Fan A 29-8 i lll_ _ _ _ _

2/3-9400-100 Control Room Standby AHU 29-8 2/3-9400-101 Control Room AFU Heater 29-8 213-7505A Stand-by Gas Treatment Inlet Damper 2/3A 29-9 2/3-7504A Stand-by Gas Treatment Outside Air Supply 29-9 Damper 23A 2/3-A-7503 Stand-by Gas Treatment Air Heater 2/3A 29-9 2t3-7507A Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan Discharge 29-9 Damper 2/3A 2/3-A-7506 Stand-by Gas Treatment Fan 2M3A 29-9 (0s) - 0 seconds after closing of DG Breaker 10+min - All loads that automatically stop before 10 minutes Os - 0 seconds after UV reset are shown off and first CCSW Pump is started with its Auxiliaries.

5s - 5 seconds after UV reset 10++min - The second CCSW Pump is started.

10s - 10 seconds after UV reset 10++ramin - Both CCSW Pumps are running and Control Room HVAC is started.

9389-46-19-2 Rev. 1 DG2EXCEL.XLS Page E2Ifi'*AL Load v. Time (fig 2) Proj. No. 9389-46

Attachment F DG Unit 2 Division II ETAP Output Reports - Nominal Voltage Scenario Page #1s DG2_BkrCi F2-F15 DG2_UVRst F16-F29 DG2_T=5sec F30-F44 DG2T= 10sec F45-F59 DG2_T=10-min F60-F73 DG2_T= 0+min F74-F87 DG2_T=10++m F88-F1Ol DG2_CR_HVAC F1 02-Fl 16 Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003.

Page F1 of F116

ETAP Page: 8

  • "rojcctz Dresden Unit2 5.5.ON Date: 03-01-2007

.,ocation: OTI Contract: SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineer OTI Revision: Base Study Case: DG0 CCSW Filename' DRE Unit2_0004 Config.: DG2 Bkr Cl Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang.' MW Mvar MW MWar ID MW Mvar Amp %PF %Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0,480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80,5 4KV SWOR 24-1 4.160 4.158 0.0 0 0 0 0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0,414 0.284 69.7 82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL -0.414 -0,284 69.7 82.4 125V DC CHOR 2 0.480 0.463 -0.8 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.480 0.467 -1.3 0 0 0,066 0055 480V MCC 29.2 -0.066 -0.055 106.1 76.9 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0,479 -4.5 0 0 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 -0.014 -0.009 20.2 85.1 480V MCC 29-1 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.044 0.011 KR 29-4C BIFURC -0.044 -0.011 54.2 96.9 480V MCC 29-2 0.480 0.472 -1.6 0 0 0,105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.207 -0.187 340.9 74.3 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0,055 106.1 77,2 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.1 180V MCC 29-4 0.480 0.480 -1,6 0 0 0.027 0.002 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.027 -0.002 32.7 99,7 480V MCC 29-7 0A480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 0.014 0.009 20.2 85,1 480V SWGR 29 -0.036 -0.022 50,3 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.056 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIIUJRC -0.056 -0.013 69.4 97.3 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D B[FURC 0.238 0.192 367.4 77.8 480V SWGR 29 480V MCC 29-7 0.036 0.022 50.3 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0,000 0.0 0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.100 0.025 123.6 97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.5 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.411 -0.267 589.0 83.9 BKR 29-3D BIPURC 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.211 0.190 340.9 74.3 480V MCC 29-4 0.027 0.002 32.7 99.7 480V SWGR 29 -0,238 -0.192 367.4 77.8 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.480 0.481 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 0,044 0.011 54.2 96.8 480V MCC 29-9 0.056 0.014 69.4 97.2 480V SWGR 29 -0.100 -0.025 123.6 97.1 DG 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4.160 0.0 0.4 14 0.285 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 0.414 0.285 69,7 82.4 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29 4.160 4.157 0.0 0 0 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 -0.414 -0.284 69.7 824 480V SWGR 29 0.414 0.284 69,7 82.4 -2.500

  • Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voitage controlled or swing type machine connected to i1 4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of mote thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F9 of F116

ETAP Page: 8

.roject: Dresden Unit2

..ocation: OTI Date: 03-01-2007 Contract: SN: WASHTTNGRPN Engineer OTI Revision: Base Study Case: DG_0CCSW Filcname: DRE Unit2_0004 Config.: DG2_UVRst Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mva ID MW Mvar Amp  % PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0.038 0,028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.5 4KV SWGR 24-1 4.160 4.155 0.0 0 0 0.520 0.252 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0.418 0.287 70.5 82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL -0.938 -0.539 150.3 86.7 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 0.463 -08 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.3 250V DC CHGR 213 0.480 0.467 -1.4 0 0 0.066 0.055 480V MCC 29-2 -04066 -0.055 106.1 77.0 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0,478 .1.6 0 0 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 -0.014 -0,009 20.2 85.1 480V MCC 29-1 0.480 0.479 6 0 0 0.044 0.011 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.044 -0,011 54.2 96.9 480V MCC 29-2 0.480 0.472 -1.6 0 0 0.105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.207 -0.186 341.0 74.3 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0.055 106.1 77.3 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.1 180V MCC 29-4 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.031 0,005 BKR 29-3D BIFU.C -0.031 -0.005 .38.4 98.8 480V MCC 29-7 0.480 0.478 -j.6 0 0 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 0.014 0.009 20.2 85.1 480V SWGR 29 -0.036 -0.022 50.3 85.4 480V MCC 20-8 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0,478 -1.7 0 0 0.056 0.013 B1KR 29-4C BIFIRC -0,056 -0.013 69,4 97.3 480V SWGR 29 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0.242 0.195 373.8 77.9 490V MCC 29-7 0.036 0.022 50.3 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.100 0.025 123.6 97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.5 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.416 -0.269 595.5 83.9 BKR 29-30 BIFURC 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.211 0,190 341.0 74.3 480V MCC 29-4 0.032 0,005 38.4 98.8 480V SWGR 29 -0.242 -0.195 373.8 77.9 BKR 29.4C BIFURC 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 0,044 0,011 54.2 96.8 480V MCC 29-9 0.056 0.014 69.4 97.2 480V SWGR 29 -0.100 -0.025 123.6 97.1 1DG2 TERMINAL 4 160 4,160 0.0 0,939 0.540 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-I 0.939 0.540 150.3 86.7 HIGH SIDE OF XTM;IR 29 4.160 4.155 0.0 0 0 0 0 4KV SWOR 24-1 -0.418 -0.287 70.5 82.4 480V SWGR 29 0.418 0.287 705 82.4 -2.500

  • Indicates a voltage regulated Ius( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to i)

-4 Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F23 of F116

ject Dresden Unit2 ETAP Page: 8 Location: OTI C.5:ON Date: 03-01-2007 Contract SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineer OTI Study Case; DO_0_CCSW Revision: Base Filename: DR.E Unit2_0004 Config.: DG2jT=5sec Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI. This time period is less than 10 min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFNlR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp  % PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.6 4KV SWGR 24-1 4.160 4.153 0,11 0 0 1,025 0.496 HIGH SIDE OF XFIvMR 29 0.418 0,287 70.5 82.4 DG 2 TERMINAL -1.443 -0.783 228.2 87,9 125V DC CHOR 2 0.480 0.462 -0.9 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.3 250V DC CHGR 2.3 0.480 0.467 -1.4 0 0 0.066 0,055 480V MCC 29-2 -0.066 -0,055 106.1 77.0 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0.478 -1.6 0 0 0.014 0.009 480V MCC 29-7 -0.014 -0.009 20.3 85.1 480V MCC 29-1 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.044 0.011 BKR 29,4C BIFURC -0.044 -0.011 54.2 %6.9 480VIMCC 29-2' 0.480 0.471 -1.7 0 0 0,105 0.103 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.207 -0,186 341.1 74.4 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0,055 106.1 77.3 125V DC CHGR2 0,035 0,028 55,0 78.2

' *ov MCC 29-4 0,480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D1BIFURC -0.031 -0.005 38.4 98.8 480V MCC 29-7 0,480 0.478 -1,6 0 0 0.021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 0.014 0.009 20.3 85.1 480V SWGR 29 -0.036 -0,022 50,4 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0,000 0,0 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0.478 -1.8 0 0 0.056 0,013 8KR 29-4C SIFURC -0.056 -0.013 69.4 97.3 480V SWGR 29 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0.242 0.195 373.9 77,9 480V MCC 29-7 0.036 0.022 50.4 85. 4 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 BKR 29-4C 8IFURC 0.100 0.025 123.6 97.1 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.028 56,5 80.6 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 *0.416 -0.269 595.6 83.9 BKR 29-3D)BIFURC 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.211 . 0.190 341.1 74.3 480V MCC 29-4 0.032 0.005 38.4 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.242 -0 195 373,9 77.9 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.480 0.480 -1.6. 0 0 0 0 480VMCC 29-1 0.044 0.011 54.2 96.8 480V MCC 29-9 0.056 0,014 69.4 97.2 490V SWGR 29 -0.100 -0,025 123.6 97.1 DG 2 TERMINAL 4,160 4.160 0.0 1.444 0.786 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 1.444 0.786 228.2 878 HIG H SIDE OF XFMR 29 4.160 4.152 -0.1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 -0,418 -0.287 70.5 82.4 490V SWGR 29 0.418 0.287 70.5 82.4 -2.500

  • Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to il
  1. Indicates a bus with a load rnismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F37 of F116

ETAP

"'roject: Dresden Unit2 Page: 8 o.ocation: OTI 5.5.ON Date: 03-01-2007 Contract: SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineer OTT Revision: Base Study Case: DG_0_CCSW Filename: DREUnit2_0004 Configo: DG2_T= I0sec Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage.2 LPCI, This time period is less than 10 min into event, LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW MWar ID MW Mvar Amp  % PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0480 0.479 -1.8 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 565 80,7 4KV SWGR 24-1 4.160 4.150 -0.1 0 0 1.738 0.796 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0,448 0,304 75.4 82.7 DO 2 TERMINAL -2.186 -1.101 340.6 89.3 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 0.460 -L.1 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.6 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.480 0,465 -1.6 0 0 0.066 0.054 480V MCC 29-2 -0.066 -0.054 106.2 773 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0.477 -1.8 0 0 0.014 0,009 480V MCC 29-7 -0.014 -0.009 20.3 85.1 480V MCC 29-1 0,480 0477 -1.8 0 0 0.047 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.047 -0.013 59.2 96.1 480V MCC 29-2 0.480 0.469 -1.9 0 0 0.131 0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.233 -0.198 376.0 76.2 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0.054 106.2 77.6 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.5

80V MCC 29-4 0.480 0.478 -1.8 0 0 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFJRC -0.031 -0.005 38.5 98.7 480V MCC 29-7 0.480 0.477 . -1,8 0 0 0,021 0.013 480V MCC 28-7 0A014 0009 20.3 85.1 480V SWGR 29 -0.036 -0.022 50.5 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0.479 -[.B 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0,477 -1,9 0 0 0.056 0.013 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0,056 -0.013 69.4 97.3 480V SWGR 29 0.480 0.479 -1.8 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D18FURC 0.269 0,207 409.4 79.2 480V MCC 29-7 0.036 0.022 50,5 85.4 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0,0 0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.103 0.027 128.5 96.7 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.7 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.446 -0.284 637.1 84.3 8KR 29-3) BIFURC 0.480 0.479 -I. 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.237 0.202 376.0 76.1 480V MCC 29-4 0.032 0,005 38.5 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.269 -0.207 409.4 79,2 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.480 0.179 -1.8 0 0 0 0 480VIMCC29-1 0.047 0.014 59.2 96.1 480V MCC 29-9 0.056 0,014 69.4 97.2 480V SWGR 29 -0.103 -0.027 128.5 96.7
  • DG 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4.160 o.0 2.l90 1.10 0 0 4KV SWGR24-l 2.190 1,107 3.40.6 892 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 4.160 4.149 -0.1 0 0 0 0 4KVSWGR24-1 -0,448 -0.304 75.4 82,7 480V SWGR 29 0.448 0.304 75.4 82. 7 -2.500
  • Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ij 4 Indi.;ates a bis with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F52 of F116

ETAP Page: 8

-)ject Dresden Unit2 S .s.0N Date: 03-01-2007

-6cation: OTI SN: WASHTNGRPN Contract:

Revision: Base Engineer OTI Study Case: DC_0_CCSW Config.: DG2_T=10-m Filenam.: DRE Unit2_0004 Conveened from ELMS PLUS than 10 min into event Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage,2 LPCI, This time period is less LOAD FLOW REPORT Load Flow XFMR Bus Voltage Generation Load ID MW MWar Amp  % PF  % Tap kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID 0.028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.5 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0.038 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.796 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0.396 0268 66.5 82.8 4.150 -0.1 0 0 1.738 4KV SWGR 24-1 4.160 DG 2 TERINAL -2.134 -1.065 331.7 89.5 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.4 0.462 -0.9 0 0 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 480V MCC 29-2 -0.066 -0.055 106.1 77.1 0,466 -1.4 0 0 0.066 0.055 250V DC CHGR 213 0.480 0 490V MCC 29.7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 480V MCC 28-7 0.007 8KR 29.4C BIFURC -0,036 40.007 44.3 98.3 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.036 480V MCC 29-1 0.116 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0,233 -0.199 375.5 76.1 0.480 0.471 -1.6 0 0 0.131 480V MCC 29-2 250V DC CHiGR 2'3 0.067 0.055 106,1 77.4 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0,028 55.0 78.3 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFUIRC -0.032 -0.005 38.7 98.7 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0.032 180V MCC 29-4 0 0 4S0V MCC 28-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 490V SWGR 29 0.000 W 0.000 0.0 0.0 0 480V SWGR 29 0,000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-8 0.009 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.050 -0.009 61.4 98.3 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.050 480V MCC 29-9 0.269 0.208 .409.1 79.1 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 480V SWGR 29 0.480 480V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0,0 0,0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0,086 0.016 105.7 98.3 0.038 0.028 56.5 80.5 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.394 -0.252 561.9 84,2 0 -OV MCC 29-2 0.238 0.203 375.5 76.1 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 BKR 2-9-3D BIFURC 48OV MCC 29-4 0.032 0.005 38.7 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.269 -0.208 409.1 79.1 0.036 0.007 44.3 98.3 0,480 0.480 -16 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 490V MCC 29-9 0.050 0.010 61,4 98.2 480V SWGR29 -0.086 -0016 105.7 98.3 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 2.137 1.071 331.7 89.4 4.160 4A60 0.0 2.137 1,071, 0 DXG2 TERMINAL 0 4KV SWGR24-1 -0.396 -0268 66,5 82.8 4.160 4.150 -0.1 0 0 0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR29 480V SWGR 29 0.396 0.268 66.5 82.8 -2.500 to it

  • Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected 4#Indicates a bus with a load mismatch or more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F67 of F116

...oject Dresden Unit2 ETAP Page: 8

-ocation: OTI 5-5.0N Date: 03-01-2007 Contract: SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineer OTI Revision: Base Study Case: DGI SCSW Filcname: DREUnit2 0004 Config.: DG2_T=I0+nm Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage2 LPCI Pump, I CCSW. This time period is 10+ min into event.

LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFNIR ID kV kV Ang. MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp  % PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0,038 0.028 480V SWGR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.6 4KV SWGR 24 4.160 4.146 -0.1 0 0 0.477 0.212 4KV SWOR 24-1 -0.477 -0.212 72.7 91.4 4KV SWGR 24-I 4.160 4.148 -0.1 0 0 1.716 0.790 4KV SWGR 24 0.477 0.213 72.7 91.3 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0.396 0.268 66.5 82.8 DG 2 TERMINAL -2.589 -1.270 401.4 89.8 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 0.461 -0.9 0 0 0.034 0.028 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.4 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.480 0.466 -1.4 0 . 0 0.066 0.055 480V MCC 29-2 -0.066 -0.055. 106.1 77.1 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-1 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.036 0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.036 -0.007 44.3 98.3 480V MCC 29-2 .0.480 0.471 -1.7 0 0 0.131 0.116 8KR 29-3D)BIFURC -0.233 -0.199 375.6 76.1 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0.055 106.1 77.4 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.3 480V MCC 29-4 0.480 0.479 -1.6 0 0 0.032 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.032 -0.005 38.6 98.7 490V MCC 29-7 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28.7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.050 0.009 BKR 29-4C BITFURC -0.050 -0.009 61.4 98.3 480V SWGR 29 0,480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 8KR 29-3D1BLFURC 0-269. 0.208 409,1 79.1 480V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.086 0.016 105.7 98.3 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0,028 56.5 80.6 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0,394 -0.252 562.0 84.2 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0,238 0.203 375.6 76.1 480V MCC 29.4 0.032 0.005 38.6 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.269 -0.208 409.1 79.2 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.480 0.480 -.16 O 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 0.036 0.007 44.3 98.3 480V MCC 29-9 0.050 0.010 61.4 98.2 480V SWGR 29 -0.086 -0.016 105.7 98.3 DG 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4.160 0,0 2.5 94 1.279 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 2.594 1.279 401.4 89.7 HIGH SIDE OF .XFMR 29 4.160 4.147 -0.1 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR24-I -0.395 -0,268 66.5 82.8 480V SWGR 29 0.395 0.268 66.5 82.8 -2.500

  • Indicates a vwlTage rcgulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to ii Indicates a bus with a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 938,-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F81 of F116

oject Dresden Unit ETAP Page: 8

-ocation: OTI 5.5.0N Date: 03-01-2007 Contract: SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineert OTI Revision: Base Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Filenarn:. DRE Unit2 0004 Config,: DG2_Th 10 ++m Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voftageI LPCI Pump, 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMR ID kV kV Ang; MW Mvar MW Mvar ID MW Mvar Amp %1PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0_480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0.038 0.028 480V SWOR 29 -0.038 -0.028 56.5 80.6 4KV SWGR 24 4.160 4.145 -0.1 0 0 0.772 0.395 4KV SWGR 24-1 -0.772 -0.395 120.8 89.0 4KV SWGR 24-1 4.160 4.149 -0.1 0 0 1.218 0.549 4KVSWGR24 0.772 0,396 120.8 89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0,407 0.276 68,5 82.8 DO 2 TERMINAL -2.398 -1.221 374.5 89.1 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 0,461 -0.9 0 0 0.034 0.028 490V MCC 29-2 -0.034 -0.028 55.0 77.5 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.480 0.465 -1.4 0 0 0.066 0.054 480V MCC 29.2 -0,066 -0,054 106.2 77.2 480V MCC 28-7 0480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.000 00 0,0 480V MCC 29-1 0.480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0.036 0.007 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.036 -0,007 44.3 98.3 480V MCC 29-2 0,480 0.470 -1.7 0 0 0,142 0.123 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.244 -0.205 392.0 76.6 250V DC CHGR 213 0.067 0.055 106.2 77.5 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.028 55.0 78.4 480V MCC 29-4 0,480 0.479 -1.7 0 0 0,032 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.032 -0.005 38,6 98.7 480V MCC 29-7 0.480 0.480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28.7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0.480 -I.6 0 0 0 0 480V SWGR 29 0.000 0.000 0.0 1 0.0 480V MCC 29-9 0.480 0.478 -1 8 0 0 0,050 0.009 BKR 29-4C BIFURC -0.050 -0.009 61 4 98.3 480V SWGR 29 0.480 0.480 , -1.6 0 0 0 0 8KR29-3D BIFURC 0.281 0.215 425.6 79.4 480V MCC 29-7 0,000 0,000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.086 0,016 105.7 98.3 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.028 56.5 80,6 HIGHi SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.405 -0.259 578.6 84.3 BKR 29-30 BIFURC 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.249 0.210 392.0 76.5 480V MCC 29-4 0.032 0.005 38.6 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.281 -0.215 425.6 79.4 BKR 29-4C BIFURC 0.480 0,480 -1.6 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 0.036 0.007 44.3 98.3 480V MCC 29-9 0.050 0.010 61.4 9892 480V SWGR 29 -0.086 -0.016 105,7 98.3 GX3 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4.160 0.0 2.402 1.229 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 2.402 1.229 374.5 89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 4,160 4.148 -0, I 0 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 -0.407 -0.276 685 82.8 480V SWGR 29 0.407 0(276 68.5 32.8 -2,500

  • Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connectWd to ij a Indicates a bus %kitha load mismatch of more thanO.l MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F95 of F116

,3ject Dresden Unit2 ETAP Page: 8

..ocatiow, Oi"l 5,5.ON Date: 03-01-2007 Contract: SN: WASHTNGRPN Engineer 011 Revision: Base Study Case: DG_2_CCSW Filename: DREUnit2_0004 Config.: DG2 CR HVAC Converted from ELMS PLUS Diesel Generator connected using nominal voltage, I LPCi Pump. 2 CCSW, This time period is 10+ min into event LOAD FLOW REPORT Bus Voltage Generation Load Load Flow XFMIR ID kV kV Ang, MW Mvar MW MvWr ID MW Mvar Amp  % PF  % Tap 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0.038 0.027 480V SWGR 29 -40.038 -0,027 56.6 81.3 4KV SWGR 24 4-160 4.144 -0.2 0 0 0.772 0.395 4KV SWGR 24-1 -0.772 -0,395 120.8 89.0 4KV SWGR 24-1. 4.160 4.148 -0.1 0 0 1.218 0.549 4KV SWGR 24 0.772 0,396 120.8 89.0 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 0.597 0.392 99.4 83.6 DO 2 TERMINAL -2.587 -1.337 405.4 88.8 125V DC CHGR 2 0.480 0.456 -4.7 0 0 0.034 0.027 480V MCC 29-2 -0.034 40.027 55.0 78.3 250V DC CHGR 213 0,480 0.461 -2.2 0 0 0,066 0,053 490V MCC 29-2 -0.066 -0.053 106.3 77.9 480V MCC 28-7 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.0o0 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-A 0-480 0.474 -2.4 0 0 0,035 0.007 BKR29-4C BIFURC -0.035 -0.007 43,9 98.3 480V MCC 29-2 0.480 0,465 -2.5 0 0 0,142 0.123 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.24* -0.203 393.8 76.9 250V DC CHGR 2/3 0.067 0,053 106.3 78.2 125V DC CHGR 2 0.035 0.027 55.0 79.2 480V MCC 294 0.480 0.474 -2.4 0 0 0.031 0.005 BKR 29-3D BIFURC -0.031 -0.005 38.5 98.7 480V MCC 29-7 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 28-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V SWGR 29 0,000 0.000 0.0 0.0 480V MCC 29-8 0.480 0.467 -2.7 0 0 0,187 0.097 480V SWGR 29 4.,187 -0.097 260.1 88.7 480V MCC 29-9 .0,480 0.474 -2.5 0 0 0,049 0.009 BKR 29,4C DIFURC -0,049 -0.009 6112 98.2 480V SWGR 29 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0 0 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0.280 0.213 427.5 79.6 490V MCC 29-7 0.000 0.000 0.0 0,0 480V MCC 29-8 0.189 0.100 260.1 88.5 BKR 29-4C BIFIrRC 0.085 0.016 105.1 98.2 2-902-63 ESS UPS PNL 0.038 0.027 56.6 . 81.3 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 -0.592 -0.356 839.6 85.7 BKR 29-3D BIFURC 0.480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-2 0.249 0.208 393.8 76.8 480V MCC 29-4 0.031 0.005 38.5 98.7 480V SWGR 29 -0.280 -0.213 427.5 79.6 BKR 29-4C B IFURC 0A480 0.475 -2.4 0 0 0 0 480V MCC 29-1 0.036 0.007 43.9 98.3 480V MCC 29-9 0,049 0.010 61.2 98,2 480V SWGR 29 -0.085 -0.016 105.1 98.2 Do 2 TERMINAL 4.160 4,160 0.0 2,59: 2 1.346 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-I 2.592 1,346 405.4 88.8 HIGH SIDE OF XFMR 29 4.160 4.147 -0.1 0 0 0 4KV SWGR 24-1 -0.597 -0,392 99.4 83.6 480V SWGR 29 0.597 0.392 99.4 83.6 -2.500 Indicates a voltage regulated bus( voltage controlled or swing type machine connected to it indicates a bus ,ith a load mismatch of more thanO. I MVA Calculation: 9389-46-19-2

Attachment:

F Revision: 003 Page F109 of F116